عرض: 25 50 75 100 النتائج

نتائج البحث: 100 من أصل 7,529

اطلس جغرافي رقمي للانشطة الاقتصادية في محافظة بابل == Atlas Geographic Digital of Economic Activities in the province of Babylon

اسم المؤلف: سيف ظاهر جبر الشمري
اسم المشرف: محمد حماد العاني
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تحتل الاطالس الرقمية مكانة مميزة في عرض الخصائص الجغرافية بخرائط واشكال لما تملكه من عروض بصرية ومعلومات ذات فائدة علمية , ومواكبتها التطور التكنولوجي والعصري حيث جمعت بها بعض عناصر الملتميديا ووظائف نظم المعلومات الجغرافية كلها ضمن برنامج واحد في بيئة سهلة الاستخدام والتطبيق , وانتجت الدراسة اطلسا رقميا تطبيقيا على الهواتف المحمولة تظهر فيه خرائط رقمية للانشطة الاقتصادية لمحافظة بابل اضافة الى خرائط الخصائص الجغرافية وخرائط التحليلات لمنطقة الدراسة في عرض مميز وسهل الوصول من قبل الباحثين وصناع القرار ومرتبط بقواعد بيانات خاصة به بهدف تخزين وعرض واسترجاع تلك البيانات وصولا الى نظام معلوماتي يراعى الدقة والحداثة في البيانات , وبينت الدراسة امكانات محافظة بابل من الانشطة الاقتصادية الزراعية والصناعية والسياحية وطرق النقل والنشاط التجاري وعلاقة الخصائص الجغرافية بتحديدها وتطويرها , وبينت كذلك امكانية برامج نظم المعلومات الجغرافية في اعداد قاعدة بيانات للظواهر الجغرافية ونمذجتها بهيئة رقمية بتوفير اساليب الية ومجموعة نظم وبرامج لادارة ومعالجة البيانات ذات المرجعية المكانية وغير مكانية التي يعتمد عليها للوصول الى القرارات المثلى باستخدام العمليات المنطقية لكشف العلاقات المكانية بين الظاهرات الجغرافية وبكفاءة عالية لتصبح الوسيلة المعاصرة للرقي في اسلوب المعالجة والتحليل المكاني ولتقيم الظواهر الجغرافية والتنبؤ بها لعمل اطلس رقمي ذي مرونة عالية توظف فيه دراسة الخصائص الاقتصادية لمحافظة بابل .واستنتجت الدراسة ان للااطالس الرقمية عروض بصرية عالية ومرونة في الاستخدام ومجالراحبا لتطبيق التمثيلات الكارتوكرافية ووسائله المحددة , وجزء من عرض الخرائط للظواهر الجغرافية .واوصت الدراسة باعداد اطلس رقمي وانتاجه وطني مرتبط بقواعد معلومات وطنية يكون ذا مرجعية لصناع القرار . | The digital atlases have a special place in the presentation of geographic characteristics with maps and forms of visual presentations, interesting information, and the complexity of technological and modern development, where some elements of multimedia and geographic information system functions were combined into one program in an easy - to - use environment. The study produced an applied digital atlas Mobile phones showing digital maps of the economic activities of the province of Babylon, in addition to maps of geographical characteristics and analysis maps of the study area in a special offer and easy access by researchers and decision makers and linked to databases of his own The study showed the potential of Babil province from the economic activities of agriculture, industry, tourism, transport methods, commercial activity and the relationship of geographical characteristics by identifying and developing them. It also showed the possibility of GIS programs in preparing and modeling a database of geographical phenomena In a digital format by providing automated methods, a set of systems and programs for the management and processing of spatial and non - spatial reference data, which depend on them to reach optimal decisions using logical processes to detect the Qat spatial between geographical phenomena and high efficiency to become a contemporary means of paper in the style of spatial analysis and processing and to assess the geographical phenomena and prediction of a digital atlas with high flexibility employs a study of the economic characteristics of the province of Babylon.The study concluded that digital atlases are high - quality visual displays, flexible to use, and a wide range for the application of cartographic representations and specific meansThe study recommended the preparation and production of a national digital Atlas that is linked to national databases that have reference to decision makers

التباين المكاني للقوى العاملة التعليمية في محافظة صلاح الدين لسنة (2016) == Locative variation in the educational work force in province of Salah al - Din in 2016

اسم المؤلف: حيدر كاظم حسن الخزعلي
اسم المشرف: حسن علي نجم الجبوري
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يهدف البحث الى دراسة التباين المكاني للقوى العاملة في القطاع التعليمي الحكومي بكل مفاصله في محافظة صلاح الدين على مستوى الوحدات الادارية فضلا عن معرفة الخصائص الاجتماعية والثقافية والتعليمية لها والمتغيرات المؤثرة في التوزيع الجغرافي للقوى العاملة التعليمية وقد اعتمدت تقنيات واختبارات احصائية تحليلية (SPSS الحقيبة الاحصائية) لاظهار تاثير المتغيرات المستقلة على المتغير التابع لتمثيل الظاهرة تكونت الدراسة من اربعة فصول فضلا عن المقدمة والخاتمة ،وتوصلت الى وجود : التباين في توزيع القوى العاملة التعليمية على مستوى اقضية المحافظة اذ احتل قضاء تكريت المرتبة الاولى بنسبة (32.7 %) من مجموع القوى العاملة التعليمية، وجاء قضاء امرلي بالمرتبة الاخيرة بنسبة (2.8 %) بينما التوزيع النوعي للقوى العاملة التعليمية بلغت نسبته (51.3 %) للذكور مقابل (49.7 %) للاناث.وكشفت الدراسة ان التوزيع البيئي جاء متباينا، اذ بلغت نسبة القوى العاملة التعليمية في الحضر (58.3 %) مقابل (41.7 %) للريف من مجموع نسب المحافظة.وقد تبين ان اعلى نسبة للقوى العاملة التعليمية ظهرت في المرحلة الابتدائية بنسبة (52.5 %)، اما ادنى النسب فظهرت في مرحلة المعاهد بنسبة (1 %) من مجموع نسب المحافظة.وقد اظهرت الدراسة ان القوى العاملة التعليمية من التدريسيين التي شملت من المعلمين والمدرسين واساتذة جامعات قد بلغت نسبهم (71.7 %) مقابل (28.3 %) للملاكات الادارية. ويلاحظ ارتفاع نسبة من يحمل الشهادة البكالوريوس والمعاهد وما يعادلها بواقع (37 ،36.3%) على التوالي. اثبت التحليل الكمي وجود علاقة قوية وذات دلالة معنوية بدرجة عالية جدا بين عدد ملاك التعليم الابتدائي واهم المتغيرات المستقلة (عدد المدارس، متوسط دخل العائلة، متوسط بعد المسافة عن المدرسة) كما اكد التحليل الكمي العلاقة بين عدد الملاك الثانوي واهم المتغيرات المستقلة (عدد السكان الحضر، عدد المدارس، متوسط دخل العائلة)، واخيرا اثبت التحليل الكمي البياني ان عدد ملاك التعليم الجامعي يعزى الى المتغيرين المستقلين (عدد طلبة الجامعة، متوسط دخل عوائل الطلبة). | The research aims at studying the locative variation for educational section of the general section at all its gains in Salah Al - Din province on the level of administrative units. In addition to the knowledge of the sociable and cultural features and it’s educational and active exchanges that are active in Geography distributions for educational work forces. It adopts techniques and tests in statistics analysis (SPSS) to show the action on independent variables on the dependent variable for representing the case. The study includes four sections, in addition to the introduction and the ending and it reaches so important results. The variation of the educational workforce on the level of administrative units in the province, Tikrit district comes first 32.7 % group of educational staff forces. The latest district is Amerly in 2.8 % for females, while the quality distribution of educational workforce reaches 51.3 % for males as opposed to 49.7 % for females.The Study shows that environmental distribution comes variable. The educational workforce in Hatra is 58.3 % as opposed to 41.7 % in countryside of total percentages in the province. It appears that the highest educational workforce in primary stages is (52.5 %), while the lowest appears in institutions is (1 %) of the total in the province.The study presents that the staffs of education - the teachers, the educators and university professors - reaches (71.7 %) opposite to (28.3 %) for administrative units. It can notice that height of percentage is for those who has BSC and institutes and its equivalent in (36.3, 37 %) respectively. The quantitative analysis proves that there is a strong relation of a highly relative significance between the number of primary education staff and the important independent variables (number of schools, the average of family income, the average distance between home and school). The quantitative analysis also asserts that there is a relation between the number of secondary education staff and the important independent variables (the number of urban residents, number of schools, and the average of family income). Finally, the quantitative analysis proves that the number of academic education staff is governed by the two independent variables (number of academic students, the average of students' families' income).

تقييم كفاءة المناطق الترويحية في محافظة كربلاء == Evaluation of The Efficiency of Entertainment Areas in Karbala Governorate

اسم المؤلف: شهد اسماعيل طه عيسى العبادي
اسم المشرف: دياري صالح مجيد الشوهاني
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: اختصت الدراسة باهدافها ومنهجها في دراسة جزء مهم من منظومة الخدمات المجتمعية الا وهي الخدمات الترويحية الموجهة بشكل اساسي لخدمة السكان، ودراسة التوزيع المكاني لمناطق هذه الخدمات ومعرفة مدى ملائمة هذا التوزيع في تلبية احتياجات السكان من الخدمات الترويحية.استندت الدراسة في عملية تحديد كفاءة المناطق الترويحية على العديد من الاساليب العلمية اهمها الدراسة الميدانية والتي عززت بالمسح الميداني للمناطق الترويحية التي شملت جميع الاقضية والنواحي في محافظة كربلاء، فضلا عن استخدام العديد من الاساليب الاحصائية للمتغيرات السكانية والمعايير التخطيطية المعتمدة في تقدير حصة الفرد من الخدمات الترفيهية (الترويحية) وبالاعتماد على بعض متغيرات الجانب الترويحي واستخدام بعض المعايير كمعيار درجة رضا السكان عن الخدمات الترويحية ومعيار سهولة الوصول الى هذه الخدمات. وكشفت الدراسة اماكن العجز الوظيفي للخدمات الترويحية، من خلال نسبة المساحة المدينة ومايخصص من مساحتها اراضي للترويح والطلب الذي يعتمد على توقع حاجة الناس للترويح، وكشفت النتائج عن وجود خلل في كفاءة التوزيع المكاني لمنظومة الخدمات الترويحية في محافظة كربلاء، وتبين ان هناك العديد من الاماكن التي تعاني نقصا حادا من هذه الخدمات فضلا عن بعض المناطق التي تفتقر لها في الاساس، لذا تطلبت الدراسة دراسة ومعالجة هذا الخلل وتقدير حاجة المحافظة باقضيتها ونواحيها المختلفة من هذه الخدمات، وصولا الى وضع بعض المقترحات المناسبة لهذه المنظومة.

الاقليم الوظيفي للخدمات الصحية في مدينة كربلاء == Functional Region Of Healthy Services In Karbala city

اسم المؤلف: كرار عبد الكاظم رياح محمد الفتلاوي
اسم المشرف: سمير فليح حسن الميالي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية التطبيقية
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study dealt with the objectives and methodology used to study an important part of the system of community services. It is namely health services to study the spatial distribution and to identify the appropriateness of this distribution to the aspirations of the population of the city and residents of neighboring regions and identify the areas of influence career. The study was based on a number of scientific methods. The most important of which is the field study through the field survey of the health institutions and the questionnaire form. The analytical study of the functional region of health services in Karbala showed the spatial interaction between the city and the surrounding areas of the city. Despite the inadequacy of the health institutions with the population and its inconsistency in many indicators local standards demonstrated by the results of the analysis. The study has been showed that the city of Karbala receives a large number of health care providers throughout the year. This number is increasing in the number of days of the million visits that the city is witnessing to include even the international countries, which contributes to the formation of great pressure on the system of services especially the government hospitals that suffer from the great shortage. The study proved through the historical development of health services that the city of Karbala has not established any hospital since 1991. This study proved that there is a large spatial gap between hospitals and health centers throughout the city due to the obvious imbalance in their spatial distribution. The private hospitals witnessed a very significant development after the establishment of three hospitals in the last decade. Its host territory is more extended than government hospitals, especially the financial facilities provided by the holy sites of some categories of Iraqi society. As well as contracting with prominent The international companies to equip their hospitals with specialized staff of doctors, nursing professionals, devices and modern technologies. Throughout the analysis of questionnaire. It could be said that the results of the satisfaction of beneficiaries are very negative and directed to the dissatisfaction of the guest on health services. It turned out that most of them spread out of the city limits, especially the center of Sayeda Zeinab (a.s) and center Warith whereas the health centers were limited to the city's population only. It did not exceed the administrative boundaries of the city because it operated on the basis of the specific geographical area and was exclusively dedicated to serving the inhabitants of the city revival.

اثر الغبار والعواصف الغبارية في اشجار النخيل والحمضيات في محافظة ديالى : دراسة في المناخ الزراعي == The Effect of the Dust and Dust Storms on Palms and Citrus Trees in Diyala Province (A Study in Applied Climate)

اسم المؤلف: خميس غازي خلف حسن المعموري
اسم المشرف: ازهار سلمان هادي الجبوري
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يهدف موضوع البحث دراسة ظاهرة العواصف الغبارية والغبار العالق والمتصاعد ، لما يكسبه هذا الموضوع من اهمية كبيرة نظرا لتاثيراته السلبية على البيئة بشكل عام ، واثره على انتاجية النخيل والحمضيات بشكل خاص .لقد تبين من خلال الدراسه ان جميع العواصف الغباريه التي شهدتها المحافظه هيه من خارج منطقه الدراسه وتبين كذالك ان تكرارات العواصف الغبارية ازدادت بشكل واسع بعد مرحلة التسعينيات والالفينيات ، اذ ان الفارق بين المرحلتين هو ان جميع السنوات لمرحلة الالفينات تكاد لا تخلو من تكرار العواصف الغبارية ، بعد ان كانت تحدث لمرة واحدة او مرتين خلال السنة في المرحلة التي سبقت مرحلة التسعينيات . اذ بلغت تكرارات العواصف الغبارية في مرحلة التسعينيات نحو (39) تكرار عاصفة لمحطة الخالص ، في حين بلغت في محطة خانقين نحو (4) تكرار عاصفة ، اما مرحلة الالفينيات فقد بلغت في محطة الخالص نحو (37) تكرار عاصفة ، ومحطة خانقين (14) تكرار عاصفة . وتوصلت الدراسه الى ان حدوث العواصف الغباريه ووصولها الى منطقة الدراسة يقترن بالمنخفضات الجوية في البحر الاحمر والبحر المتوسط والمنخفض الهندي الموسمي ، وتبين من خلال الدراسة ان المعدل السنوي لتكرار العواصف الغبارية لمحطة الخالص بلغ (3) يوم /سنة ، في حين بلغ المعدل السنوي لتكرار العواصف الغبارية في محطة خانقين نحو (1) يوم /سنة , اما التكرارات الشهريه للعواصف الغباريه فقد بلغت في محطه الخالص (6,4) , وسجلت في محطة خانقين ( 1،3) يوم /شهر , وتبين ايضا ان المعدل السنوي لتكرار الغبار المتصاعد في محطة الخالص بلغ (41) يوم /سنة ، وبلغ المعدل السنوي لمحطة خانقين نحو (6) يوم/ سنة ، اما المعدلات الشهرية للغبار المتصاعد فقد سجل في محطة الخالص (73) يوم/ شهر ، وسجل (12) يوم /شهر في محطة خانقين ، اما المعدلات السنوية للغبار العالق فقد سجلت في محطة الخالص (84) يوم /سنة ، ومحطة خانقين (21) يوم/سنة ، في حين سجلت المعدلات الشهرية نحو (171) يوم/ شهر لمحطة الخالص ، بينما سجل في محطة خانقين نحو (43) يوم/ شهر .وتبين من خلال الدراسة ان الاعوام التي ازدادت فيها تكرارات العواصف الغبارية قد انعكس ذالك على انتشار الامراض والافات الزراعية , خاصة حشره عنكبوت الغبار وحشرة حلم الغبار وحشرة الدوباس , التي ادت انخفاض الانتاج ومتوسط الانتاجية هذا من جانب , وضعف وسائل المكافحة وغياب دور الدوائر الزراعية في الحد من انتشار تلك الافات ادى الى هلاك اعداد كبيره من اشجار النخيل والحمضيات من جانب اخر . | The objective of the study is to study the phenomenon of dust storms and dust, which is suspended and escalated, because of the importance of this subject due to its negative effects on the environment in general, and its impact on the productivity of palm trees and citrus in particular.It has been shown through the study that all the stormy storms witnessed by the province of Heh from outside the study area and shows that the frequency of dust storms increased dramatically after the nineties and the nineties. The difference between the two phases is that all the years of the millennium is almost free from the repetition of dust storms , After it occurred once or twice during the year in the run - up to the nineties. The frequency of dust storms in the 1990s reached about 39 recurrences of Al Khalis station, while in Khanaqin station there were about 4 recurrences of storms. Repeat the storm.The study found that the occurrence of storm storms and their arrival in the study area is associated with the reductions in air in the Red Sea, the Mediterranean Sea and the Indian seasonal low. The study showed that the annual rate of repetition of the dust storms of Al - Khalis station was (3) days / year, while the annual rate of recurrence of storms (1) day / year. The monthly frequency of dust storms reached in the pure station (6.4) and was recorded at Khanaqin station (1.3) days / month. It also shows that the annual rate of dust recurrence in Al - Khalis station reached (41) days / year, and the annual rate of Khanaqin station was about (12) days / month in Khanaqin station, and the annual rates of dust were suspended at Al - Khalis station (84) days / (21) days / year, while monthly averages were about (171) days / month for Al - Khalis station, while in Khanaqin station about 43 days / month.The study showed that the years in which the dust storm frequency increases have been reflected in the spread of agricultural diseases and pests, especially the dust spider, insect dust and dopas insect, which resulted in low productivity and average productivity. Of the spread of these pests led to the destruction of a large number of palm trees and citrus on the other

تقييم جغرافي لمعامل تنقية وتعبئة المياه في مدينة كربلاء المقدسة == Evaluation Geography Of The Water Packaged and Purification Plants In Holy Karbala City

اسم المؤلف: بشائر فاضل جاسم الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: سلمى عبد الرزاق عبد لايذ الشبلاوي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية البشرية
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد صناعة المياه المعباة فرعا من فروع الصناعات الغذائية المهمة الواسعة الانتشار محليا وعالميا، وتنبع اهمية صناعة المياه المعباة من طبيعة دورها المباشر في حياة السكان، اذ تهدف الدراسة الى التعرف على واقع وطبيعة معامل تنقية وتعبئة المياه في مدينة كربلاء وتوزيعها المكاني من خلال تقييم عوامل توطن هذه المعامل، وتتلخص مشكلة الدراسة بـــ : هل ان خصائص مياه الشرب لمعامل مدينة كربلاء مطابقة للمواصفات والمعايير العراقية، وهل اثرت العوامل الجغرافية (الطبيعية والبشرية والاقتصادية ) على توطن هذه المعامل ؟ وماهي اكثر العوامل تاثيرا ؟ وما مدى كفاءة العاملين وعملية التنقية التي تعتمد في معامل تنقية وتعبئة المياه في مدينة كربلاء ؟ وما هي الاسباب والدوافع وراء استخدام سكان مدينة كربلاء المقدسة للمياه المعباة؟ وهل هناك علاقة احصائية (ارتباط) مابين المياه المعباة وخصائصها؟ وهل هناك فروق معنوية بين المياه المعباة ومياه الاسالة؟ واعتمدت الدراسة على المنهج الوصفي والكمي الذي اعتمد على تحليل البيانات والمعالجات الاحصائية. تطرقت الدراسة الى المفهوم العلمي لمياه الشرب ومواصفاته، فضلا عن مفهوم صناعة مياه الشرب ومراحل التنقية والتعرف على طرق تنقية المياه ،وتناولت الدراسة ايضا تحليل المقومات الجغرافية لصناعة المياه المعباة وتعبئتها في مدينة كربلاء المقدسة من حيث موقعها واهميتها، اذ تتوفر في منطقة الدراسة كل مقومات التوطن اللازمة لقيام هذه الصناعة من حيث وفرة الاراضي الحكومية لانشاء المعامل والايدي العاملة وكذلك قرب المعامل من السوق لتصريف المنتجات، فضلا عن الرغبة الشخصية التي تعد العامل الرئيسي في اقامة وتوطن هذه المعامل وغيرها من العوامل ،كما تناولت الدراسة طرق تنقية المياه ومراحل التعبئة وواقع معاملها في منطقة الدراسة،وكذلك تناولت الدراسة المشاكل التي يعاني منها اصحاب المعامل وسبل معالجتها. ولتقييم المياه المعباة من حيث مدى مطابقتها للمعايير العالمية والعراقية في المدينة فقد درست طبيعة عملية التنقية في هذه المعامل وكفاءتها، عن طريق دراسة الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية والبايولوجية لمياه المعامل من خلال اجراء التحليلات المختبرية لعينات من مياه معامل منطقة الدراسة، فقد تم دراسة كل من الخصائص الفيزيائية (العكورة، المواد الصلبةالذائبة، التوصيلة الكهربائية) والخصائص الكيميائية ( العسرة ، الاس الهيدروجيني ، المغنيسيوم، الكالسيوم،الكبريتات، الكلورايد، النترات)،والخصائص البايولوجية، البكتريا(الهوائية بانواعها،القولون،البرازية)، وتم دراسة معامل تنقية وتعبئة المياه بواقع (10) معامل كانت متركزة في حي المعملجي بعد غلق الكثير من المعامل لاسباب تنافسية التي كانت منتشرة في احياء اخرى، اذ تم اخذ عينة من كل معمل لفصلي الشتاء والصيف وتحليلها في مختبري (دائرة الزراعة ومختبر الصحة العام) في مدينة كربلاء المقدسة، ومقارنة نتائج التحاليل بمعايير منظمة الصحة العالمية والمعايير العراقية ومعرفة مدى مطابقة المياه المعباة للمعايير وبالتالي تحديد صلاحية مياه المعامل للشرب، ولغرض المقارنة قامت الباحثة باخذ عينة لكل من(مياه فلتر المنزل ، مياه الاسطوانات (الدبات) ) و(اربع عينات من مياه الاسالة) من احياء عشوائية لمنطقة الدراسة وتحليل خصائصها الفيزيائية والكيميائية والبايولوجية مختبريا ومقارنة نتائج التحاليل مع المعايير العالمية والعراقية، بالتالي مقارنتها مع مياه المعامل لتحديد ايهما اصلح للشرب. فضلا عن مناقشة تقييم المعامل جغرافيا وبيئيا، اذ قيمت المعامل جغرافيا باستخدام طريقة احصائية (معامل الارتباط البسيط) وتحليل الارتباط بين المياه المعباة وعوامل توطنها والتعرف على اكثر العوامل اسهاما في توطن هذه الصناعة، فضلا عن تحليل الارتباط بين المياه المعباة وخصائصها والبحث عن اسباب اختلاف قيم الارتباط مابين معمل واخر، ومن موسم الشتاء لموسم الصيف. اما من الناحية البيئية، قيمت المعامل باستخدام معامل الارتباط البيسط ايضا بين مياه المعامل المعباة وخصائصها الفيزيائية والكيميائية والبايولوجية، ومعرفة نوع الارتباط مابين المعامل وخصائصها، كما تطرقت الدراسة ايضا الى تحليل العلاقات والفروق المعنوية بين المياه المعباة والمعيار العراقي لمعرفة مدى مطابقتها وصلاحيتها للشرب، فضلا معرفة الفروق المعنوية بين المياه المعباة صيفا وشتاء، واخيرا الفروق المعنوية بين المياه المعباة ومياه الاسالة، وقد جاءت جميع العناصر بدرجة معنوية عالية جدا بلغت (0.000) باستثناء عنصر الاس الهيدروجيني الذي تشابه تركيزه في المياه المعباة مع تركيزه في مياه الاسالة، وتحديد اي منهما صالحة للشرب وفقا للمعايير العراقية، وبالنهاية توصلت الدراسة الى ان مياه المعامل المعباة هي صالحة للشرب بنسبة اكبر من مياه الاسالة هذا من الناحية الفيزيائية والكيميائية، لكن بعض المعامل غير صالحة للشرب من الناحية البيولوجية، لوجود انواع من البكتريا الخطيرة على صحة الانسان. ورات الباحثة لابد من تحديد جودة انتاج المعامل بالاعتماد على التحاليل المختبرية (شتاء وصيفا) طبقا للمعيار العراقي. | The industry of the packaged water is regarded as one of the important and worldly common branches in the food industries .Its importance of the study is to identify the realiy and nature of the water purification and water packaged plants in the holy city of karbla .It shows their spatial distribution through the assessment of factors belong to the settlement of those plants.the problem of the study lies in the following questions : Are the characteristics of drinking packaged water for the city of karbala meet the Iraqi standars ?Did geographical factors (natural,human and economical) affect the settlement of these factories? What are the most influential factors?what is the efficiency of the workers and the purification process that is reliable in the plants settled in the holy city of karbala?what are the reasons and motives behind the use of packaged water in the holy city of karbla? Is there a statistical relationship between the packaged water and its characteristics?Are there signification differences between packaged water and wastewater.the study relid on the descriptive and quantitative approach,which based on the analysis of data and statistical treatments. The study deals with the secintific concept of drinking water industry and the purification stages and ways of treating them.the study analyses the geographical components of the packaged water industry in the holy city of karbala in terms of its location and importance.All components for the settlement of plants are available in the study area such as the existence of government lands,the labor hands,the near distance between the plants and the market, and the personal desire which is the main factor in the establishment and settlement of these plants.The study deals identifies the processes of water purification and the purification stages and The realiy of the plants in the area study the study has dealt with the problems experienced by this industry and ways to treating them.In order to evaluate the packaged water in terms of the extent to which it conforms to the international and Iraqi standards in the city, the nature of the purification process in these lanoratories and its effactiveness has been studied through examining the physical ,chemical and biological of the laboratory water.this is fulfilled through conducting laboratory analyzes of samples of the treated area water represented be the physical feature (turbidity,dissolved solids,electrical conductivity), chemical properties (hardness, ph ,magnesium,calcium,sulphates,chlorides,nitrates) , biological properties (bacteria : air and azih).(10) plants of the purified and packaged water have been examined which were all centered in the almuammlchi neighborhood.many of the plants that were scattered in other neighborhoods were closed for competitive reasons .A sample was taken from each laboratory for winter and summer and was analyzed in laboratories (aepartment of agriculture and public health laboratory). The results of the analyzes were compared with the standards of the world health organization and the Iraqi standards.the chemical and biological characteristics of, house filter water ,dew and (4) a samples from random neighborhoods of the study area are analyzed . the results of the tests are compared with international and Iraqi standards and determining their validity for drinking . the evaluation of the plants in terms of geography and environment is discussed . this is applied through using a statistical method and the analysis of the correlation between the packaged water and factors of its settlement. Also, it identifies the most important factors contributing to the settlement of the this industry .in addition , it analyzes the correlation between water and the packaged one ,their characteristics and searching for the causes of difference in the values of correlation between one plant and another and from winter season to the summer .further. In the environmental side , the plants are evaluated by using the correlation coefficient between the bottled water plants and their physical, chemical and biological properties. Also, the type of correlation bttween the laboratories and their characteristics is evaluated. More over, the study has analyzed the relationships and differences between the bottled water and the Iraqi standards to determine their suitability and potency. The difference between bottled water summer water was the difference between the bottled water and the liquid water. All the elements were significantly higher (0.000) except for the pelemen twhosebconcentratoin is similar in both bottled water and liquefied water and then determining which one is appropriate for drinking in accordance with the Iraqi standard . finally , the study has found that bottled water is more appropriate for drinking than household water from the physical and chemical sides. However , some plants are not suitable from biologica side as there are various types pf cacti that have bad effect on human health. Finally , the researcher has found out that it is necessary to determine the quality of plants production based on laboratory analyses (winter and summer ) according to the Iraqi standard

الاستراتيجية الامريكية تجاه العراق على اثر احتلال دولة الكويت 1990 - 2003 : دراسة تاريخية == American Strategy toward Iraq after the occupation of Kuwait State 1990 - 2003 Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: غسان بنيان جلود الشويلي
اسم المشرف: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Iraq's relationship with marked United States since antiquity, but that relationship was ruled by the nature of international relations and global policy environment, and historical evidence pointed toward this relationship, which differed in different historical phases that passed by, through us site United States of America in international balance, Iraq has become a centerpiece of American interest and particularly after the end of World War II, especially after he became one of the most important factors for oil factor in the success of this war, and that Iraq enjoys a strategic location and its resources made it in Us policy priorities in accordance with the adopted strategy planning with multiple policies that has undergone transformation strategy wisdom international and regional situations and the Interior, as the actual intervention process began for the United States to Iraq and who skipped interest .Was the importance of this shift in the regional environment, after the fall of the Shah of Iran strategic ally of the United States in the Middle East, you may select the normal route of us strategic shift toward Iraq since Iran - Iraq war in 1980 - 1988, as The American decision maker, need to go towards a strategy to embrace Iraq, intelligence and logistical support in the course of the war, but that does not mean that the shift was not aimed at distancing strategy was primarily to destroy those strong regional area, and limit the expansion of Capabilities in the Middle East, the fact that both parties had United States animosity and ideological threat to their interests and its allies in the region that they both carry elements of geopolitical and economic and military power .The United States has adopted .And had proved its features and clearly as strategic shifts since the end of the Gulf war as a shift in the nature of dealing with the Iraqi file since 1993 - 2001, the policy of containment through economic and humanitarian dimensions, and carried military and security was intended to make the strategic dimension towards Iraq as Came the decision to stop the war, which set out the nature of the risks that they must stand against it based on the policy of containment, especially weapons of mass destruction, under UN Security Council resolutions, but that policy has failed to achieve the goal and different lobbyists around him success optimal strategy against Iraq was To be going towards a more effective policy that regime change in Iraq declared goal in light of the American strategy in Iraq Liberation Act .I took the success factors in Bush administration Jr in 2001 - 2003 September 11 helped in 2001, which varied around them, and what are the objectives behind them, but it's considered one of the most important factors in the nature of the shift towards Iraq and the ensuing consequences and becoming Opportunity invested by the Bush administration and neocons in the implementation strategy that drew toward Iraq since 1990, and go toward preemptive war, which was considered the decisive factor in achieving goal after failing military strategy of deterrence and containment, by connecting Iraq, global terrorism under the pretext of developing weapons of mass destruction, the US administration took escalating toward rogue States that support terrorism and Iraq was the priority attention being an anchor and a goal can usually process the overall security and military policy integration

حركة انصار السلام في العراق 1954 - 1963 == The Movement for Supporters of Peace in Iraq 1954 - 1963

اسم المؤلف: علي برزان عطار الحسناوي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of political movements of all kinds is of interest to researchers in the field of history, in light of their significant contribution to the weaving of new events in the history record. Since the movement of the supporters of peace is one of those important movements witnessed by the world in general and Iraq in particular, The movement of supporters of peace in Iraq 1954 - 1963) will contribute to know the role played by this movement in the history of contemporary Iraq by revealing the conditions that contributed to its establishment, and the impact of the society in different layers and directions, and to know the nature of its work alongside other political parties , And its position on issues Local, Arab and international peace, and the position of the ruling authority0The study was divided into an introduction, four chapters, a conclusion, and a group of supplement 0The first chapter is entitled "The Historical Roots of the 1945 The second chapter, entitled "The First Founding Conference of the Movement and the Stage of Secret Activity" (1954 - J - - - - - 1954) dealt with the political situation in Iraq prior to the conference preparation for holding the conference and its meetings. The of the movement, as well as severing relations with the Soviets and 0 - July 14, 1959, we referred to the position of the movement from the revolution of 14 July 1958, then the national communist truggle and the peace festival in Mosul. The activity of the movement and the Communist aspiration of the government and its repercussions on the movement, where the activity included the convening of the second conference of the movement on April 14, 1959, and the festivals of the movement Peace in Halabja, Hilla and Benghouin as well as the movement's international activity 0 The fourth and final chapter was devoted to a statement (the impact of internal conflicts and laws in the activity of the movementJuly 14, 1959 - 1963), the most important of which were the events of Kirkuk, July 14, 1959, the assassination attempt on 7 October 1959, The chapter also discussed the Movement's position on international peace issues, the most prominent of which was the position on the French nuclear tests in the Sahara of Algeria and the support of the peace talks between Khrushchev and Ishaeur. , And attend a conference Peace in Indonesia and the persecution of prominent international peacekeepers, including the trials of peace supporters in West Germany, the assassination of the President of the Government of the Congo (Patrice Lumumba), the strengthening of the call for disarmament and the end of the movement's activities. The movement of the supporters of peace in Iraq created international conditions that had repercussions in Iraq, in which the voices calling for an end to wars and the need to resolve disputes by peaceful means were part of the world peace movement establishedby the World Peace Council in Warsaw in November 1950, Peace and supports all peace movements in the world, including the movement of supporters of peace in Iraq 0 The movement of supporters of peace in Iraq during the era of the royal era to prove its presence at the internal and external levels, at the level of the interior worked to put itself on the political and national issues of the country along with the national movement and opposition parties won the confidence of both, on the external level has worked to send representatives To attend meetings (the World Peace Council) and the rest of the meetings held to support the issues of peace 0 After establishing its position domestically and internationally, the movement held its first founding conference, which was held on July 15, 1954, in Baghdad under the tight guard of the eyes of the authority, which regarded it as a communist movement working for the then banned Iraqi Communist Party, which fought its activities and persecuted its men throughout the royal era.The date of the end of the monarchy in Iraq on 14 July 1958 was a major turning point in the history of the movement of supporters of peace in Iraq. The movement considered that day a victory for the will of the people and the national forces that formed the movement.As the movement moved from secret to public, so its support came to the revolution of July 14 warmly and in particular, especially that the most prominent elements of the movement who were stripped of Iraqi nationality and others and away from the country has been prepared for them to return, which was the most prominent Aziz Sharif, who returned to the country after the success of the revolution He worked on the establishment of an Peace Council in cooperation with Lawyer Tawfiq Munir and some of the figures.Since then, Aziz Sharif has been secretary general of the movement until the end of its activity on 8 February 1963, the end of the first republican era.

التنوع الطائفي واثره على الحياة السياسية اللبنانية 1958 - 1975 == The sectarian diversity and the impact on Lebanese political life (1958 - 1975

اسم المؤلف: لطيف ثجيل لطيف الصافي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Lebanese society has been distinguished by its diverse sects. It is clear that the history of Lebanon is linked to the culture of the sects, whose social and political identity has been defined. The sectarian issue in Lebanon has made the society based on that diversity , which has been reflected in the reality of the Lebanese people and the thinking of its members. As Lebanon has become under the French control , which has further exacerbated that conflict, because the French.Government depends on its survival and the realization of its interests through this. Sectarian conflict interferes So I took all the power to impose its will on the political decision represented by some communities in Lebanon.The Lebanese political system since 1943 is a sectarian system of the first order. The sectarianism intervenes in every big and small in the Lebanese political system. The political parties are sectarian and the constitution is based on sectarian and the three powers. And the president is elected on a sectarian basis, the governments formed on a sectarian basis, as is the case for the parliament that is elected and divided on a sectarian basis. Therefore , sectarianism in Lebanon is aimed at exaggerating it in every direction.The study was divided into an introduction, a preface, three chapters and a conclusion. The introduction dealt with the historical composition of the Lebanese communities and their role in politics until 1958.The first chapter highlighted the impact of sectarian diversity on political developments and trends 1958 - 1964. The third topic dealt with the Lebanese sect's position on the draft amendment of the constitution in 1963. The fourthtopic dealt with the sectarian formations In the 1964 parliamentary elections. The second chapter dealt with the role of the sects in the Lebanese political developments from 1964 - 1970. It divided into three sections dealing with the first topic : the communities and the elections of Charles Helou in 1964. The third topic dealt with the position of the sects from the Palestinian presence in Lebanon 1964 - 1970. In Lebanese society 1969 - 1970. The third section highlighted the position of the sects on the Lebanese political developments prior to the civil war , which included four topics. The first topic was entitled The position of the sects regarding the events of March 1970 (fighting between the Lebanese army and the Palestinian resistance). The second section.Explained the repercussions of the economic situation on the Lebanese communities 1970 - 1972 , and the third topic to show the position of the Lebanese communities of the war of October 1973 , while the fourth topic discussed the causes and consequences of sectarian tension.

موقف الحزب الشيوعي العراقي من القضية الكردية في العراق 1968 - 1979 : دراسة تاريخية == The position of the Iraqi Communist Party From the Kurdish Issue of Iraq (1968 - 1979) )Historical study(

اسم المؤلف: كاتب محمد غافل الحجامي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Iraqi Communist Party is one of the most prominent Iraqi political parties that played an important role in influencing the course of events in the political arena in Iraq at the beginning of the second half of the thirties of the last century where that period of history saw the emergence of the Kurdish issue is clearly in the policies and the literature of the Communist Party, especially after Barzan events (1943 - 1945) in northern Iraq and its aftermath, and how to deal with successive Iraqi governments, and Anbra the Communist party introduced the appropriate peaceful solutions .The importance of this study comes from the fact that it dealt with a subject of historical, political and social dimensions. At the same time, the Kurdish issue was a prominent event on the political scene and for a long time in the history of modern Iraq. In the royal and republican covenants, and this was reflected in the Kurdish issue itself. The position of the Iraqi Communist Party on the Kurdish issue (1968 - 1979) is worthy of consideration because the Communist Party provided much support and support in many local and international forums.The study was based on the chronology of events while preserving the unity of the topic. The study was divided into four chapters, a conclusion and a set of annexes, as well as the introduction, which aims at clarifying the importance of the thesis and determining its main contents. The first introductory chapter dealt with the period since the establishment of the Iraqi Communist Party (1968 - 1949), the execution of Fahd, secretary of the Communist Party, the development of the relationship between the Communist Party and the Kurdish Movement (KDP) For the period (1958 - 1963) Of the Communist Party of the Kurdish issue and the accompanying armed events in the era of the First Baathist coup and the government of the brothers Aref (1963 - 1968). The second chapter, which we included under the title of the Iraqi Communist Party and its position on the Kurdish issue (1968 - 1973), shed light on several issues in which we discussed the position of the Communist Party on the Kurdish issue (1968 - 1970) and the repercussions of the July 17 coup on the Kurdish issue, Declaration of March 11, 1970 and the declaration of self - rule of the Kurds and the position of the Iraqi Communist Party, the relation of the Communist Party to the Kurdish issue of the period (1971 - 1973) and the accompanying events.The third chapter dealt with the period from the proclamation of the National Front and Progressive Nationalism (July 17, 1973) to the establishment of the Kurdish War in 1974, and the influence of the Baathist Communist Alliance on the Kurdish issue and the deterioration in the relations of the Communist Party with the Kurdish leadership. The position of the Communist Party from the April 1974 - March 1975 war, the reasons for the Algiers agreement and its repercussions on the Kurdish issue, the March 6, 1975 agreement, the collapse of the armed Kurdish movement, and the consequences for the Kurdish issue.The fourth and final chapter, entitled "The position of the Iraqi Communist Party on the Kurdish issue 1975 - 1979", explained the position of the Communist Party for the two years (1975 - 1976) on the Kurdish issue after the Algiers Agreement and the impact of thecollapse of the Kurdish armed movement on the Kurdish parties. The deterioration of the relations between the Ba'th Party and the Iraqi Communist Party by engaging in the National Progressive National Front between the Ba'th Party and the Iraqi Communist Party, the Communists having to resort abroad, the return of the alliance with the Kurdish parties and the adoption of the method of armed struggle for the purpose of overthrowing the Baath regime.The conclusion included the most important findings of the study of scientific results in the light of its contents, as well as the recommendations and proposals that we consider necessary from the point of view of the researcher modest, and we also sought through the annexes to the study to provide the letter with a set of documents and important data of the Iraqi Communist Party and the Kurdistan Democratic Party with a number of Foreign Documents. In his study of the position of the Iraqi Communist Party on the Kurdish issue, the researcher reached the following conclusions : 1 - The Kurdish issue has a clear impact on the programs and thought of political parties, especially in the thought and literature of the Iraqi Communist Party.2. Both the Iraqi Communist Party and the Barati Party have played a large and effective role in highlighting the Kurdish issue and supporting it in obtaining the right of the Kurdish people to attain their national rights.3 - The Kurdish issue has contributed directly or indirectly to the tension of the Iraqi political situation for many years reflected on the economic and social aspects of the Iraqi people and Kurds alike.4. The Kurdish issue will remain a problem unless a peaceful, just and democratic solution is found, unless radical solutions are found that realize the legitimate rights of the Kurds and guarantee Iraq the unity of its land and people.5 - Calling the Communist Party of successive governments not to practice the policy of racial discrimination against the Kurdish people, which will inevitably push him to seek separation from Iraq by any means.From his humble point of view, the researcher suggests some of the recommendations he deems necessary to solve the persistent Kurdish problem in its modern and contemporary history : In order for the Kurdish issue not to come out of scope and the Kurds aremoving toward full separation and dealing with foreign countries, Finally, I put this modest effort in the hands of my professors, members of the discussion committee, to evaluate them and increase their rank in a way that makes them efficient to provide Iraqilibraries as a source of study of Iraq's modern and contemporary history.

موقف الحزب الشيوعي العراقي من القضية الكردية في العراق 1934 - 1968 == The Communist Party's Position on the Kurdish Issue (1934 - 1968

اسم المؤلف: ابتسام سلمان عطية الغزي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Kurdish issue was one of the most important issues that occupied a large part of the activity of the Iraqi Communist Party, which emphasized its importance and the need to deal with it since the beginning of its establishment in 1934 as one of the most complex issues facing the Iraqi state, and because this issue is of high importance, the Iraqi Communist Party had to determine its position on this issue as one of the most important political parties operating in the Iraqi field at the time.The study consisted of three chapters, an introduction, a conclusion and an appendix. The first chapter, entitled Position of the Communist Party on the Kurdish Question 1934 - 1958, dealt with the Marxist perspective of minorities, the developments of the Kurdish issue until 1934, the position of the Communist Party on partisan life in Iraqi Kurdistan as well as the relations between the Iraqi Communist Party and the Kurdistan Democratic Party until 1958, As for the second chapter, it highlighted the position of the Iraqi Communist Party on the Kurdish issue in the era of Abdul Karim Qasim 1958 - 1963, in which we discussed the position of the communists and Kurds from the July 14 revolution, the role of the Iraqi Communist Party and the Kurdistan Democratic Party in suppressing the movement of Mosul in March 1959, and the rebellion of Rashid Lulan and Abbas Mamand, and the events of Kirkuk, as well as the position of the Iraqi Communist Party from the events of September 1961, and the developments of the crisis in Kurdistan until 1963. The third chapter we have shown in it the position of the party on the Kurdish issue 1963 - 1968, and the study dealt with the position of the Communist Party of the Kurdish issue under the reign of Abdul Salam Arif and the reign of Abdul Rahman Arif until the end of 1968.The Iraqi Communist Party was the only international party that, since its establishment, sought to present solutions and slogans to the issues of nationalities, especially the Kurdish issue, The study found that there is some contradiction in the positions ofthe Iraqi Communist Party, which quickly abandoned the principle of independence of Kurdistan, mentioned in the first statement of the Anti - Colonial Society and investment in the first congress of the Communist Party in 1944,where the slogan of rights and equality was resolved for the Kurds replaced the slogan independence and the word minority instead of the words of the Kurdish people. Hence, the Iraqi Communist Party embarked on a broad national concept, especially after realizing that the British officials sought to exploit the Kurdish issue in their favor and to tamper with the capabilities of the Kurdish people at that time in history of contemporary Iraq.The Communist Party of Iraq stressed the need to give the Kurds their national rights within the framework of Iraqi unity, and opposed the idea of separation. In March 1953, a qualitative change took place in the party's position through the new charter prepared by the secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party Bahaauddin Nuri, in which he called for recognition of the right of separation to the Kurdish people and to ensure the real equality of other national groups. The reason for this change in the position of the party is the arrival of Kurdish figures to the leadership of the Central Committee of the Iraqi Communist Party, but there has been a clear decline in this position because of widespread splits in the ranks of the party, which considered separatism an invitation propagated by the colonial propaganda to divide the unity of the struggle of theArab and Kurdish peoples, And agreed to the autonomy of Iraqi Kurdistan within the Iraqi unity, although he continued to support the Kurdish issue in the years 1963 - 1968 and his criticism of Iraqi governments and his condemnation of its military campaigns against the Kurds and his calls for a peaceful solution instead of military confrontation and sometimes his armed participation with the Kurds against the ruling power, all this comes because of the Communist Party's position and interests, which called for such positions and the influence of the Soviets on its policy and positions as well.

الامام علي عليه السلام في كتاب الطبقات الكبير لابن سعد البصري 230هـ844م : دراسة تحليلية نقدية == Imam Ali (peace be upon him) : A Study in lbn Sa'd's The Book of the Major Classes ( Arabic : Kitab Tabaqat Al - Kubra) : An Analytical Critical Study

اسم المؤلف: هادي عبد الزهرة عبد السادة الديراوي
اسم المشرف: جواد كاظم النصر الله
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

المساعدات الكويتية لبعض بلدان المشرق العربي 1961 - 1981 : دراسة تاريخية == Kuwaiti aids to some countries of the Arab Orient ( 1981 - 1961)A.D (Historical study)

اسم المؤلف: نجوان حسن سبع الشاوي
اسم المشرف: فراقد داود سلمان الشلال
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: الموقع الجغرافي للكويت وتاريخها السياسي والاقتصادي 1752 - 1961 | سمات وانواع المساعدات التنموية والمعونات الكويتية | اولويات السياسة الخارجية الكويتية | العلاقات الكويتية ببعض بلدلن المشرق العربي | The study aims at showing the prominent role of the state of Kuwait in providing the assistance many decades ago. In other word when the economy of Kuwait has developed since the oil discovered through supporting growth in eastern countries. The aids have increased locally and officially to support Arab countries.Kuwait has created Kuwait fund for Arab Economic Development since its independence, which has been considered the most important economic support funds in Middle East.This fund is considered as an important economic means to highly providing support for Arab countries. Besides, Kuwait has followed the dinar policy throughout creating the Kuwaiti Fund of financing all projects within the years 1961 - 1981.The objective behind granting aids by Kuwait to strengthen their political interests through Arab countries gain. Their growth while having international and reginal crises, the aids had many forms within which were political aids to support the situations of Arab issues.Even the artists have their own contributions to support Arab issues. As obvious, as much as the Kuwaiti financial capacity increases, it refers to huge oil flow in terms of huge oil flow during the Seventies. Therefore, the aids covered the International and Arab countries.Kuwait also considers providing aids is a national duty necessary for the development of nations. Kuwait duty is also not limited to providing aids but it extents to encompass the role of mediator to solve many problems.

محمد ناصر ودوره التربوي والثقافي والسياسي في العراق حتى عام 1967 == Mohammed Nasser and his Educational Cultural and Political Role in Iraq untill 1967

اسم المؤلف: علاء عريبي غانم
اسم المشرف: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: هذه الرسالة هي دراسة تاريخية لمحمد ناصر الذي كان احد اوائل الشخصيات التي ساهمت في تطوير التعليم في العراق وكان ايضا باحثا ومحاضرا وكاتبا ومترجما يتقن اللغة الانكليزية وقليلا من اللغة الفرنسية وشغل العديد من المناصب في الدولة الادارية والوزارية كما كان لد ادوار وانشطة سياسية وثقافية طول المدة وجودة في الحكومة حتى عام 1967 وكانت هذه الرسالة تسلط الضوء على سيرته الشخصية والتعليمية والسياسية والثقافية في العراق , وتتكون الرسالة من مقدمة وثلاث فصول وخاتمة يتناول الفصل الاول دراسة حياته المبكرة , نشاته ومراحل تعليمه , وقسم عنا الفصل الاول الى مبحثين , الاول بين نسبه ونشاته وبعض ملامح شخصيته في حين تطرق المبحث الثاني الى دراسته والوظائف التي شغلها حتى عام 1965 وبحث الفصل الثاني نشاطه السياسي الوطني القومي على مرحلتين حتى عام 1958 واشتملت على مشاركته في التظاهرات ضد زيارة الفرد موند في 8 شباط 1928 ومشاركته في التظاهرات التي كانت تطالب بالاستقلال وانهاء الانتداب 1930 ودوره في تاسيس جمعية الجوال العربي 1934 - 1941 وموقفه من حركة مايس 1941وموقفه من العدوان الثلاثي على مصر 1956 والمرحلة الثانية بحثت في المدة من ثورة 14 تموز 1958 وحتى عام 1966 وبينت موقفه من ثورة 14 تموز 1958 وموقعه من انقلاب 8 شباط 1963 وموقفه من بعض القضايا الوطنية ما بين 1964 - 1966 , اما الفصل الثالث فقد تحدث عن محمد ناصر وزيرا وباحثا ومحاضرا وتكون من اربعة مباحث تناول الاول استيزاره لوزارة التربية والتعليم من 31 /كانون الثاني - 17 /حزيران/ 1964 ومنجزات الوزارة في عهده اما المبحث الثاني فقد تناول محمد ناصر وزيرا للثقافة والارشاد من 6 /ايلول /1965 - 6 /اب/ 1966 ومنجزات الوزارة في عهده واستعرض المبحث الثالث معظم مؤلفاته ومقالاته ما بين 1963 - 1990 , في حين تضمن المبحث الرابع ظروف سفره الى الكويت في عام 1967 . | This thesis is a historical study of Muhammad Nasser, who was one of the early figures in the development of education in Iraq. He was also a researcher, lecturer, writer and translater who mastered the English language and a little French. He held many positions in the state, Administrative and ministerial. He also had political and cultural roles and activities throughout his tenure in the government until 1967This thesis was to highlight his personal and educational role, political and cultural in IraqThe thesis consists of an introduction, three chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the study of the early life of Muhammad Nasser, his beginnings and the stages of his education. This chapter is divided into two sections, the first containing his origin, proportions, extras and some aspects of his personality. While the second topic dealt with the study of Mohammed Nasser Specialist and the functions he occupied in 1964The second chapter examined the activities of Muhammad Nasser national and national politician, in two stages, the first until 1958, including his participation in the demonstrations against the visit of the Al Ferd Mond in February 1928, as well as his participation in the demonstrations calling for independence 1930 and his role in the establishment of the AL - JAWAL AL - ARABI Association 1934 - 1941 and his position of the May 1941 movementAnd his position on the tripartite aggression against Egypt 1956 and the second stage followed from the revolution of July 14, 1958 until 1966, and touched on the position of Mohammed Nasser from the revolution of July 14, 1958, as well as his position on the coup of February 8, 1963. Muhammad Nasser was an ambassador in the Soviet Union 1964 - 1965 and his position on some national issues Between 1964 - 1966The third chapter Which is about Mohammed Nasser, minister, researcher and lecturer, consists of four topics , the first dealt with the receipt of the Ministry of Education from 31/1/1964 to 17/1/1964 and the achievements of the ministry in his reign. The second topic dealt with Mohammed Nasser Minister of Culture and Guidance from 19/6 / 1965 until 6/8/1966 and the achievements of the ministry in the era of the third article reviewed the writings and articles of Muhammad Nasser, while the fourth section included his travel to Kuwait in 1967

مدينة الناصرية منذ 1869 - 1921 : دراسة تاريخية == The city of Nasiriyah from 1869 - 1921 Historical study

اسم المؤلف: مسلم عوض مهلهل الخزعلي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي | علي حسين الاسماعيلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the local history of the cities of Iraq is a historical necessity. In order to shed light on this important and bright historical chapter in the study of the local history of its cities, this study of Nasiriyah came as this city has historical roots and is worthy of study and attention. But it did not receive a scientific academic study, while we find that the depth of civilization and its heritage of science and intellectual dictates to us a lot of effort and giving in writing the history of this city, especially during the period (1869 - 1921), which has undergone historic transformations and important political events, The Presbyterian L And the establishment of administrative units as well as the variables of international policy that came under the occupation of Britain to live under the table, and began the history of resistance against the occupier at the time it became called the House of Jihad after To be called the Mujahid Mujahid Muhammed Muhammad Said al - Haboubi as the Mujahideen sat in their folds to launch their convoys to resist the occupier in the battle of Shuaiba, and this historical importance of the city on the political side, as for the economic and social situation was not less ah Mia before it, which took the first economic position in the brigade after the city occupied the economic status through the river and maritime trade as a mode of transport between the cities of the south and center and the north, and on the other hand, we find the social side of this city floating to the surface is full of poetic and intellectual, A class of bourgeoisie and merchants who took over the management of the city's commercial affairs.The research was divided into four basic chapters, followed by the preparation of a set of appendices as well as the introduction of the importance of study and the development of frameworks to determine their content and conclusion. The conclusions of the thesis showed a summary in English.The preface to give a geographical overview of the nature of the region and a historical glimpse of the city, which was founded on the legacy of the ancient civilization and in the prelude to the political conflicts that have already been founded on the city of the Presbyterian side and with the Ottoman government on the other.The first chapter of the study was devoted to the establishment of the city of Nasiriyah in 1869 and the subsequent circumstances of the establishment, where we discussed the personality of Prince Nasser Pasha Al - Saadoun and a course in the establishment of the city conditions that approved the establishment stage. The second section, which highlighted the political developments towards the deceased in the era of Medhat Pasha, who established the guardian of Iraq that the establishment of the city, and what are the most important events that accompanied the stage of incorporation at the time came the third section to show the objective reasons for the establishment of the city and what is the grandeur of that establishment and the importance of political, economic and social matter for the side Eight of the fourth chapter of the chapter was a reflection of the families that lived in the city during the establishment, which played an important role in the management of public life.In the second chapter of the study of the general conditions of the city of Nasiriyah after the establishment to shed light in the first section on the administrative structure of the city and the most important formations and laws that worked to organize life in the city through the introduction of administrative units.The third chapter is devoted to highlighting the city of Nasiriyah in the late Ottoman period and the beginning of the First World War in 1914 to study the developments and conditions that plagued the city. The first topic was the British attitudes towards the region. It shows the British ambitions before the war and the policy followed by the British government before intervening with the tribes. The second topic explains the circumstances of the First World War 1914 in the city of Nasiriyah, entering a new phase of domination and injustice, as was the city of Dar al - Jihad to stand up and address the occupier and the resistance against him, while the third section came the city of Nasiriyah The repercussions of the British occupation Here the city enters the framework of the occupation officially and lives in a state of stability not to mention the role of its children at this critical stage and the difficulty of the situation for the people of the city, and also the fourth section of the secret conference of officers in the city and they seek to establish a national government and independent military establishment and seek the British side in that. The fourth chapter, which shed light on the most important events in the city under the city of Nasiriyah under the British occupation 1915 - 1921 was the first section, which illustrates the resistance of the sons of Nasiriyah and tribes against the British presence and the most important battles fought by the tribes on the outskirts of the city, Nasiriyah through working on the establishment of the State Departments in accordance with the interests required and required by their actions, and worked on the appointment of officers and political rulers in accordance with a systematic policy and give positions to loyalists without consideration of the interests of the city, Of the city of Nasiriyah under the British administration focused on the process of laying the foundations and the foundations of the British administration through the establishment of devices in the service of the establishment of the Shabana, ie, the police from the tribes and they are playing the role of maintaining security as well as work on the establishment of municipal departments, health and education and lightning, The third stage to highlight the role of the city of Nasiriyah from the revolution of the twentieth and it reveals the extent of the suffering suffered by the people until the people rose up with a revolution in spite of the results that were not within the military ambition and lack of success in the City at the time was the coronation of the king of Iraq, the result of this revolution and the positions of the sons of the city from the coronation process.The conclusion summarized the main findings of the study in the light of its contents, and we worked in annexes to document statistics and maps related to the history of the city of Nasiriyah.Before the establishment of the city of Nasiriyah, the Emirate of Al - Mustafir witnessed a state of clandestine and tribal conflict. It was managed by the Ottoman administration to weaken its status and military strength as it represented a danger and a source of concern for the Ottoman government, as well as supporting one side without the other. On collection taxes easily.The establishment of the city of Nasiriyah, carrying a political side as well as other aspects of its economic and social contrary to what has been circulated, because it came personal desire or a result of bargaining, and the Ottoman authorities aimed to bring a new policy in the region as a result of developments and has also weakened the authority of the Church through The number of symbols of the tribal and restrict the cities, and then replace the Presbyterate function, which is Sheikh subordinate to the authority in contrast to the former, as well as the resettlement of tribes in a region defined geographically for control while being outside the will of the government and this is what happened after the decision to settle tribes and impose Guan The recruitment and dispossession of lands intended to subject all to power.The city witnessed armed resistance continued against the British side of its arrival to the city of Baghdad, which led to the depletion of the efforts of their sons to take into account the city from the British side, especially the imposition of economic siege on the people of the city.The institutions of the state began to appear even if only by the British administration of the city of Nasiriyah when the police and the rest of the state institutions.The people of the city had a prominent role in the revolution of the twentieth and stand in the face of the British occupation and meet the call of reference in Jihad for two phases in Shuaiba and the Revolution of the twentieth

موقف الحلفاء الولايات المتحدة الامريكية وبريطانيا من الاجتياح الالماني لاراضي الاتحاد السوفيتي 1491 - 1491 اعتمادا على الوثائق السوفيتية == Allies Stance - United States of America and United Kingdom - Against the German Sweep of the Lands of the Soviet Union (1941 - 1945) in the light of soviet documents

اسم المؤلف: محمد يعقوب يوسف
اسم المشرف: حيدر عبد الرضا حسن التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After WWII (1939 - 1945) , the allies had realised the risks at the political and economic levels in case of the over domination of the Nasists spreading out in Europe. Since then, they had started putting forward military tactics to stop the German sweep. Even much more, they had taken some serious steps taking advantage of the German announcement abolishing the treaty of friendship signed with the Soviet Union and the start of a large - scale military campaign to invade its territory on the 22nd of June 1941.Although the Soviet army was reluctant to resist the German invasion of their territory, the German forces took control of several important Soviet cities such as Stalingrad, which had led to several military campaigns to overthrow Moscow. The United States of America and Britain were deeply concerned about the growing Nazi threat to their interests and their influence in the region. So they decided to provide the military and political support necessary for the Soviet leadership of Hitler's expansionist plans in the Soviet Union. Accordingly, Washington had started to strengthen its relations with Moscow by holding several meetings with representatives of the Soviet government to discuss the latest developments at the military level. The Britain, represented by the Prime Minister Winston Churchill had made an agreement with its counterpart the Soviet PM - Joseph Stalin to unite their military efforts in order to expel the Germans from the territory of the Soviet Union.The significance of the current study lies in answering the following controversial questions that remained unanswered in the study of this important era in the history of the world, namely : What is the official and non - official position of the allies of the German invasion of the territory of the Soviet Union? Did the above - mentioned allies (US administration and the UK) provide enough political and military support to the Soviet Union in order to expel the Germans from its territory?Due to the different explanations proposed by researchers in the field by giving a clear view of the American and British position on the German invasion of Soviet territory on the one hand, and the absence of any academic study - except for what was written about the history of the Second World War - in the Iraqi universities, we decided to examine the subject in question, utilizing the Soviet books and documents that are related to the study of World War II that could help to answer the research question.The nature of the study necessitates that the research plan is based on the historical sequence of events, except for some of the sections in the thesis. The study, thus, includes an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion.Chapter one presents the German invasion of the Soviet Union and the position of the Allies (June 1941 - November 1941). Chapter two highlights the position of the United States and Britain, considering the German invasion of the territory of the Soviet Union (22 June 1941 - December 1942(. Chapter three investigates the role of allies' conferences, in providing support to the Soviet Union (January 1943 - December 1943 . ( Chapter four discusses the position of the Allies of the Soviet victories over German forces and Stalin's demands at the Potsdam conference held in (1944 - 1945). Our most important conclusion is that the military and logistical assistance provided by the Allies played a major role in the Soviet resistance against the German invasion of their lands.

سياسة اليابان الاقليمية : دراسة تاريخية في قضايا الجزر المتنازع عليها في شمال شرق اسيا (1951 - 1978) == Japan Regional Policy : A historical Study of the Disputed Islands in the East - north Asia 1951 - 1978

اسم المؤلف: لـــؤي ثجـيــل جمعة الاســدي
اسم المشرف: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After the Second World War, the second part of the 20th century witnessed the cold war. Till now, there are some border disputes resulted from that war. This war was a reflection of that cold war through diverse sites in Asia, centering on the East - north of the continent. In accordance with San Francisco treaty in Japan for peace in 1951, there rose the cold war and how the USA contributed to that strife. As a result of the new regional situation of the former Japan Empire, the islands are (the Southern Kuril islands / Northern Territories), (Dokdo / Takeshima), and (Senkaku / Diaoyu).The history of the challenges on these islands goes back to different periods. These were confirmed by the regional expansion conducted by Japanese policy from 1879 to 1939. These challenges got complicated by the USA during the cold war in the east and north of Asia. This conflict was affirmed by San Francisco treaty for peace in 1951. This case is seen as an important one which has been still sustained. This conflict affects directly the economic and diplomatic relations between Japan and the other disputed countries. This also has an influence upon the social and cultural relations among the peoples of those countries at various levels, besides, these conflicts also affect the settlement and peace in the north and east of Asia. This may lead to armed conflicts. The current study focuses on the occurrence of those conflicts after the Second World War, as a result of San Francisco treaty for peace in 1951 and how these conflicts affect the diplomatic relations between the disputed countries from 1951 up to 1978, besides the role played by the USA in affirming these conflicts, and the historical roots for each case concerning these islands. These conflicts are enhanced historically rather than politically. The dissertation is, thus, divided into an introduction and four chapters. The first chapter is about the policy of regional expansion and its effect upon the Japan foreign affairs (1951 - 1979). It includes three sections : the first one is about the occurrence of Japan colonial tendency and the policy of expansion. Section two is concerned with the entrance of Japan into the Second World War and being under the USA occupation. The third section exposes the session of San Francisco in 1951 in the north east of Asia in affirming the Japanese regional conflicts. Chapter two is devoted to the study of Japan - Soviet conflict over (the Southern Kuril islands / Northern Territories) in (1951 - 1960). This chapter is also composed of three sections. The first on is about the historical roots of the conflict over these islands. The second one focuses on the case of these islands and how these affect the Japanese - Soviet relations and the USA position from the conflicts (1951 - 1960). The third section addresses the claims of the disputed powers over the dominance over the disputed islands. Chapter three shows the Japanese - Korean conflicts over (Dokdo / Takeshima) islands (1951 - 1978). It also includes three sections. The first section is about the historical background about these two islands. The second one is concerned with the reflection of these disputes over the Japanese - Korean relations and the position of USA from them. The third one shows the Japanese claims about the dominance over these two islands and how Korea responded. Chapter four is specified for the Chinese - Japanese dispute over (Senkaku / Diaoyu) from 1951 to 1978. It is composed of three sections. The first one is about the historical background of the dispute (1885 up to 1951). The second section is devoted to the Japanese - Chinese relations in response to the dispute over these two islands and the USA position from this conflict. The thirds section is concerned with the claims of China about the dominance over these two islands and how Japan responded to this claim. The conclusion is a summary of what the researcher has found about these various aspects of disputes.

دور جورج كينان في تخطيط السياسات الاستراتيجية الامريكية 1947 - 1953م == George Kennan's Role In Planning The American Strategy Policy 1947 - 1953

اسم المؤلف: قاسم نمر جلوب السعيدي
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Study Aims To Explain The Strategic Role Played By Kennan And Its Impact On The American Foreign Policy Between (1947 - 1953). During The Time, Kennan Exercised His Greatest Influence In Implementing The Policy Of Containment. The Study Endeavours To Expose Kennan's Comprehensive And Coordinate Role In The Cold War. Kennan's Long Telegram Which He Prepared In 1946 Drew The Attention Of Such Major American Policy Makers In Washington D. C. As The Secretary Of Navy James Forrestal. The Telegram Offered Reasons And Justifications To Change The Aims Of The American Foreign Policy In Relation To The Soviet Union. Kennan Stated In His Evaluating Reports That The Communist Soviet Expansion Threatened The American Interests And Security. It Is Worth Mentioning That Kennan Did Not Name A Specific Strategy When He Wrote His Long Telegram. However, His Ideas Began To Clarify When He Gave Lectures At The National Defense University. These Lectures Made Clear His Ideas And Opinions In Relation To The American Foreign Policy. In The Meantime, Kennan Started To Outline What Is Termed As The Containment Strategy. Though His Ideas Did Not Design The Formal Strategic Line Of The State Department, They Had A Great Impact On The American Public. Therefore, The Long Telegram And The Lectures That Kennan Gave At The National Defense University Were Helpful Factors In Understanding Some Of His Ideas And Explaining Their Influence In Redefining The Concepts Of The Soviet Threat.The Conclusion Lists The Main Results Of The Study

الطيران المدني العراقي 1933 - 1979 : دراسة تاريخية == Iraqi Civil Aviation (1933 - 1979)A Historical Study )

اسم المؤلف: فلاح حسن عاتي البهادلي
اسم المشرف: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The present study focusses on civil aviation in Iraq to show its importance in the history of Iraq especially in keeping up with the global developments and international relations. It consists of an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter introduces civil aviation. It reviews the establishment and development of civil aviation in the world, focusing on the development of civil aviation in Britain and the beginnings of its entry into Iraq until 1932.The second chapter covers the role of Britain in the establishment of civil airports in Iraq between 1933 and 1939. It tackles how Britain has used its military airports for civil purposes. It also discusses the establishment of civil airports in Baghdad and Basrah through the cooperation between Iraq and Britain.The third chapter deals with Iraqi civil aviation between the outbreak of the Second World War in 1939 and the fall of the Monarchy in 1958. Moreover, it touches on the impact of the Second World War on the activity of that aviation. Particularly, it emphasizes the development of the aviation after that war when a new stage has been established for the Iraqi Airways through the development of civil aviation at the international level. The fourth chapter reviews the development of civil aviation between 1958 - 1979. It tries to explain the effect of political developments in Iraq following the fall of the Monarchy in 1958 and its impact on civil aviation. It then comments on the development of civil aviation at the national and international levels during the first Republican Era (1958 - 1968) and the second Republican Era (1968 - 1979). The Study ends up with a number of conclusions

بناء الدولة بين فكر الامام علي بن ابي طالب (عليه السلام) ومنهج ابن خلدون (ت808هـ) : دراسة تحليلية == The construction of the state between the thought of Imam Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and the methodology of Ibn Khaldun (T 808 e) analytical study

اسم المؤلف: فاطمة عبـد سعيد شلال المالكي
اسم المشرف: شكري ناصر عبد الحسن المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد التخطيط الاستراتيجي( ) العنصر الاساسي في الفكر السياسي لبناء الدولة, لكونه يحدد الرؤية والفلسفة الخاصة المراد بناء الدولة على اساسها ويحيط بالاهداف المرسومة والمتناسقة المراد تحقيقها لفترة زمنية محددة ومن الممكن تنفيذها , ووضع البرامج والاليات المحكمة لتنفيذ هذه الاهداف وفق الاستراتيجية المرسومة لها سلفا. وقد اعتنى موضوع البحث ( بناء الدولة بين فكر الامام علي بن ابي طالب(عليه السلام) ومنهج ابن خلدون (ت808ه) دراسة تحليلية) بدراسة نموذجين في بناء الدولة تمثل النموذج الاول بناء الدولة في فكر الامام المعصوم من خلال الولوج في فكر الامام علي () واستخراج اهم الاليات والتخطيط المحكم في بناء الدولة وكيفية تنظيمه وتسخيره امكانيته وقدراته الفكرية الروحية السياسية والدينية والاجتماعية والاقتصادية لتنظيم الدولة وبناءها على اساس هذه المستويات المذكورة وتنظيم امر بنائها بشكل متناسق محكم ودقيق لبناء دولة قوية ومستمرة وقادرة على حملة رسالة الاسلام الانسانية وتجسيد مبادئها تطبيقيا عمليا واقعيا. ومثل النموذج الاخر بناء الدولة في منهج ابن خلدون حيث بنى اسس نظريته على اساس اطلاعه على اخبار الدول وما عايشه من الاحداث والتي دونها في مؤلفه ( العبر وديوان المبتدا والخبر في ايام العرب والعجم والبرر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الاكبر ) الذي درس فيه ابن خلدون معطيات بناء الدولة واسباب انهيارها والتي اكد عليها ابن خلدون وعدها من الثوابت التي لا يمكن تجاوزها وانها من السنن الطبيعية التي لا تتغير وهي حاكمة على بناء الدولة وان حكومات الدول لا تملك بدلا الا ان تسير على وفق هذه المعطيات وكذلك عبر فيه عن فكره الذي تبلور لدية نتيجة عمله الاداري والسياسي في الاندلس والمغرب ومصر ونتيجة قراءته للواقع والتاريخ من وجهة نظره وتحليله( ) . وقد تم اختيار موضوع البحث لعدة دواعي منها ما ياتي : - 1. ان تحديد نموذجي البحث بفكر الامام علي ومنهج ابن خلدون لكون الامام علي مثل بناء الدولة التي مثلت فكر المعصوم في وضع استراتيجية بناء الدولة ولما عبر فيه ابن خلدون عن دراسة شاملة لجميع الدول لمساحة مترامية الاطراف من الشرق الاسلامي الى المغرب والاندلس وكذلك امم الروم والمجوس فصل في اخبارها وعوائد بناء الدول فيها مما يجعلنا امام نموذجين مثل الاول الفكر المعصوم في البناء ومثل الثاني الفكر البعيد عن فكر الائمة المعصومين فاثارنا دراستهما معا لمعرفة نقاط الضعف والقوة في كليهما ومدى الاصالة والمعاصرة التي تتمتع بها فكر بناء الدولة على اسس اسلامية دون الحيد عنها والثبات عليها مهما حدث من متغيرات وظهرت من مستجدات , ومدى دستورية الاسلام في اسس بنائها من حيث تشخيص مدى تلازمية الدين والاخلاق في استراتيجية بنائها ,فمثل النموذج الاول فكر الامام علي () الذي يعكس صورة منهج الاسلام الكامل في التخطيط الاستراتيجي لبناء الدولة الذي جاء ترجمة وتطبيقا متكاملا لمباديء الشريعة الاسلامية من خلال الخطب والرسائل التي عرفت عنه () والتي ارسلها الى ولاته وعماله وغيرهم بالاضافة الى حكمه القصار التي جمعت في مؤلف (نهج البلاغة) وفي غيره من المصادر الاخرى وتناولناها بالدراسة المقارنة مع النموذج الاخر وهو فكر ومنهج ابن خلدون الذي مثل الاتجاه الواقعي لدراسة الواقع التاريخي للدولة الاسلامية كمصدر لافكاره ونظريته ومنهجه في دراسة ظاهر قيام الدول وزوالها في التاريخ الاسلامي فقدم صورة الدولة العصبية التي تقوم على العامل القبلي (العصبية) والعامل الديني وفق منهج ومبدا القوة المادية المتمثلة بالعصبية الى جانب العامل الديني الذي سخره لتبرير سياسات هذه الدول وجعل من سياستها وتخطيطها في بناء وادارة الدول بانها حقيقة لابد منها ولا يمكن تجاوزها حسب فكره ومنهجه الجبري الذي يفسر به الظواهر التاريخية ,فقدم لنا صورة منهج بناء الدولة التي ابتعدت عن التاسيس الاسلامي للدولة التي تحمل بذور مرضها وانهيارها المحتم في اسسس واستراتيجية بنائها عندما اعتمدت مبدا القوة المادية والشهوات النفسانية وانحرفت عن المبدا الاسلامي .2.عدم وجود دراسات تناولت هذا الموضوع من قبل فاغلب الدراسات الاكاديمية ان لم نقل جميعها وحسب اطلاع الباحثة انها شملت جانب معين من بناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () كالجانب الاداري او السياسي او الاقتصادي منها الدراسة الاكاديمية التي حملت عنوان "الفكر الاقتصادي في نهج البلاغة)( ) للباحثة ذكرى عواد ياسر العامري التي اختصت بالفكر الاقتصادي عند الامام علي () .واما في الجانب الاداري جاءت دراسة الباحثة هدى ياسر سعدون بعنوان ( الفكر الاداري عند الامام علي () في نهج البلاغة) ( ),وهي دراسة اهتمت بالجانب الاداري فقط . واما الدراسة الشاملة التي تعرضت لهذا الموضوع فهو كتاب بعنوان( اسس بناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () ). وهذا الكتاب هو رسالة ماجستير منشورة وهو جهد يشكر عليه الباحث لكونها اول دراسة شاملة لبناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () الا انها دراسة مختصرة جدا ولم تعط جميع الجوانب حقها من الدراسة فلم تتعرض لمزايا القيادة المعصومة ولم يعط للاساس الاجتماعي في بناء الدولة حقه من الدراسة والبحث لما يمثله هذا الجانب من قاعدة اساسية مهمة فاقتصر دراسته على مكانة الاسرة في فكر الامام علي واثرها الاجتماعي, ولم يبين الاثر الاستراتيجي الكبير للقاعدة الاجتماعية التي تمثل الرعية بعنوانها الواسع في بناء الدولة وقيمة المجتمع في نظر الدولة ايضا والتي يعتمد عليها في كونها مخزن الطاقات الكامنة البشرية التي استفاد الامام من توظيفها في كل مراحل وجوانب بناء الدولة . اما الدراسات التي تناولت بناء الدولة عند ابن خلدون فانها , ( فكر ابن خلدون العصبية والدولة معالم نظرية خلدونية في التاريخ الاسلامي) لمحمد عابد الجابري كانت دراسة تحليلية لنظرية العصبية في بناء الدولة و( الدولة في فكر ابن خلدون ) لتوفيق خلف زيدان احمد السعيدي وهي رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة, فجميع الدراسات جاءت منفرده في الجانبين وكان لهذه الدراسة الريادة في عقد المقارنة بينهما. وتمت دراسة الموضوع في اربعة فصول ومقدمة وفي نهايتها خاتمة تضمنت اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الدراسة وقائمة المصادر والمراجع جاء الفصل الاول بعنوان القيادة واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة .تضمن عدة مباحث الاول ضرورة وجود القيادة الحاكمة للدولة .والمبحث الثاني مسميات القيادة في فكر الامام علي() وفكر ابن خلدون ,والمبحث الثالث مؤهلات وصفات القائد واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة واما المبحث الرابع طرق اختيار القيادة واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من كونها اختيار بالنص الالهي عند الامام علي() ومزايا قيادة اختيار النص الالهي ومقارنتها بطرق اختيار القيادة عند ابن خلدون. والفصل الثاني بعنوان قيمة المجتمع واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة تضمن عدة مباحث المبحث الاول روابط بناء المجتمع واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة, والمبحث الثاني دور المجتمع واثره في بناء الدولة والمبحث الثالث نظام العلاقة بين القيادة والشعب واثرها في بناء الدولة والمبحث الرابع انفتاح الدولة على المجتمع والمبحث الخامس التاسيس الفكري لمفهوم المعارضة واثره في بناء الدولة. والفصل الثالث تلازمية الدين والاخلاق واثرهما في استراتيجية بناء الدولة وتضمن مبحثين؛ الاول اثر الدين في بناء الدولة والمبحث الثاني اثر الاخلاق في بناء الدولة. اما الفصل الرابع استراتيجية بناء المنظومة الادارية للدولة بثلاثة مباحث الاول هيكلية النظام الاداري وبناء مؤسساته ونظام عملها واثره في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من حيث الولايات والية ادارتها والوزارة والكتاب وتشخيص صفات اختيار موظفي الدولة, والمبحث الثاني هيكلية النظام الاقتصادي واثره في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من حيث توزيع الاقتصاد وتطوير الانتاج من الزراعة والصناعة والتجارة والمبحث الثالث استراتيجية الرقابة الحكومية واثرها في بناء الدولة وما تثمره هذه المؤسسة من نتائج تؤدي الى تنفيذ الواجبات وتادية الحقوق ورصانة عمل الاداريين في الدولة .والمبحث الرابع استراتيجية بناء المنظومة الامنية من حيث مرتكزات بنائها واسس هذه المرتكزات, وبيان محور مهام المنظومة الامنية والمبحث الخامس استراتيجية بناء المنظومة القضائية من حيث اهمية القضاء في نظام الدولة وشروط القاضي ومدى الحرص على استقلالية القضاء وتنفيذ احكامه . واعتمدت الدراسة على جملة من المصادر والمراجع العلمية في مقدمتها كتاب( نهج البلاغة ) المصدر الاساس للدراسة الذي حوى منهج الامام علي () ومشروعه الحضاري لبناء الدولة بما تضمنه من خطب ورسائل وحكم ,الذي جمعه الشريف الرضي (ت406ه /1015م),وكذلك شروحات نهج البلاغة التي تناولت خطب النهج ورسائله بالشرح والتوضيح .ومنها منهاج البراعة في شرح نهج البلاغة لقطب الدين الراوندي ابي الحسين سعيد بن هبة الله (ت 573ه/1177م ـ) وشرح نهج البلاغة لابن ميثم البحراني (ت ق6ه/ق12م) .وكذلك المصدر الاساسي الاخر الذي كان محور الدراسة كتاب ( العبر وديوان المبتدا والخبر في ايام العرب والعجم والبربر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الاكبر ) لابن خلدون ت808 ه موضع الدراسة, والذي كان موضوع الدراسة بما احتوى لفكر ابن خلدون ونظريته في بناء الدولة وطبيعة العمران البشري. واغنت التفاسير بما حوته من احكام واراء كانت لها الكلمة الفصل في المواضيع التي تم توظيفها فيها منها تفسير جامع البيان عن تاويل اي القران القران للطبري (ت 310ه/922م),وكذلك تفسير ابو الليث السمرقندي (ت383ه/993م) وتفسير الفخر الرازي (ت606ه / 1209م ). والتي كان لها حضور محوري في موضوع الدراسة لما تضمنته من تفسير بعض الايات القرانية الكريمة التي استشهدنا فيها في بعض محاور الدراسة ومنها التي تخص موضوع البحث في الفصل الاول في اختيار القيادة واثر هذا الاختيار في بناء الدولة. وكان لكتب الحديث والاخبار فائدة مهمة للدراسة لما تضمنته معلومات واحاديث كثيرة عن النبي محمد( ) واهل بيته المعصومين (عليهم السلام) فيما يخص النظم الادارية والسياسية لبناء الدولة منها كتاب الكافي للكليني (ت329ه/940م ), وكتاب الاختصاص للمفيد (ت413ه/1022م) , وكتاب دعائم الاسلام للقاضي النعمان(ت 363 ه/973م ). وكذلك كتب التاريخ كان لها الحضور والاولوية في مقدمتها كتاب تاريخ الرسل والملوك للطبري محمد بن جرير (ت310ه/922م), وكتاب الكامل في التاريخ لابن الاثير(ت 630هـ/1232م). وكذلك كتب الطبقات والتراجم ومنها كتاب الطبقات الكبرى لابن سعد محمد بن منيع (ت230هـ /941م), وكتاب سير الاعلام للذهبي ت748ه/1347م, وغيرها من المصادر التاريخية الاخرى. اضافة الى المراجع الحديثة التي اغنت البحث ببعض الاراء التي عضدت الدراسة منها كتاب منطق ابن خلدون لعلي الوردي ,والفكر الاجتماعي عند الامام علي () دراسة في ضوء نهج البلاغة لعبد الرضا الزبيدي. وغيرها من المراجع الاخرى. وكذلك جملة من الاطاريح والرسائل العلمية اهمها رسالة الماجستير الدولة في فكر ابن خلدون, لتوفيق خلف زيدان احمد السعيدي والتي اغنت الاطروحة بما تضمنته من اراء ومعلومات. وكذلك رسالة ماجستير( الفاظ الدولة وشؤونها في كتاب نهج البلاغة للامام عليّ بن ابي طالب (عليه السلام) - دراسة دلاليّة –) لعلي شعلان سلطان الساعدي, التي اغنت معلوماتها بعض مواضيع الفصل الاول وخاصة مسميات القيادة وهناك جملة من الاطاريح والرسائل الاخرى والبحوث العلمية التي افادت الدراسة والتي يطول المقام بذكرها اثرنا ذكرها في قائمة المصادر والمراجع. واخيرا نود ان نشير الى ان كل دراسة مهما بلغت لا يمكن لها ان تدعي الكمال فالكمال لله وحده لانه جهد بشري يخطئ ويصيب ولكن هذا لا يمنع من الدراسة والبحث على قدر الوسع والاجتهاد ومن الله العون وله الحمد اولا واخرا | The study included a study entitled "Building the State between the Thought of Imam Ali Ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and Ibn Khaldun's Method (808 AH) Analytical Study." The curriculum and the strategy of state building were studied by Imam Ali Ibn Abi Talib and Ibn Khaldun at all levels The selection of leadership qualities and conditions of leadership qualifications as well as the methods of selecting the leader and the impact on the building of the state and touched on the study of the value of the community and its impact on state building and was also briefed on the issue of employment religious image and moral impact in the construction of the state. As well as the study of the strategy of building state administrative, security, judicial and supervisory institutions and referring to the characteristics of both approaches in building institutions. The first chapter, entitled Leadership and its Impact on the Strategy of State Building, was presented. The first discussion included the necessity of the existence of the ruling leadership of the state. The second topic is the names of the leadership in the thought of Imam Ali and thought Ibn Khaldun, and the third topic, the qualifications and qualities of the leader and its impact on the strategy of building the state. The fourth topic is the methods of selecting leadership and its impact on the strategy of building the state from being a choice in the divine text of Imam Ali and Ibn Khaldun. The second chapter deals with the value of the society and its impact on the strategy of state building. The first topic deals with the building of the society and its impact on the strategy of state building. The second topic is the role of the society and its impact on building the state. Fifth, the intellectual foundation of the concept of opposition and its impact on state building. And the impact of religion on the building of the state, and included the study of the impact of religion and its centrality in the sources of legislation to build the institutions of the state, and the extent of the state's commitment to them, and the implementation of the priority of the preservation of Islamic teachings in the construction strategy, And the stability of intellectual reference. The second topic is the impact of ethics in building the state, which includes a statement of the impact of ethics in the policy of building the state and the ratio of the symbiosis between construction and ethics in terms of the fact that this correlation is constant and continuous or temporary. The fourth chapter is the strategy of building the administrative system of the state in three aspects. The first is the structure of the administrative system and the building of its institutions and its work system and its impact on the strategy of building the state in terms of states, state administration, ministry and writers. And the development of production from agriculture, industry and trade. The third topic is the strategy of government control and its impact on state building and the results produced by this institution which lead to the implementation of duties and the performance of rights and the integrity of the work of administrators in the state. Fourth Study of building the security system in terms of building the foundations and the foundations of these pillars, and the statement of the security functions of the system axis and fifth section building the judicial system in terms of the importance of the judiciary in the state system and the conditions of the judge and the extent of ensuring the independence of the judiciary and the implementation of its provisions strategy strategy

العلاقات التركية المصرية 1980 - 1993 : دراسة تاريخية == Turkish - Egyptian Relations 1980 - 1993 (Historical study

اسم المؤلف: عمار عبد الرضا ماهود الزبيدي
اسم المشرف: طيبة خلف عبد الله
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: الاقليمي في المنطقة, وتجمع بينهما مجموعة صفات متقاربة او مشتركة, فمن حيث الموقع الجغرافي يتمتع البلدان بموقع جغرافي ممتاز, له اهميته الجيوسياسية في منطقة مهمة واستراتيجية من العالم, هي منطقة الشرق الاوسط, وهما البلدان الوحيدان في المنطقة اللذان لهما امتدادات في قارتين؛ فاراضي تركيا تتوزع بين اسيا واوربا, وتشكل حلقة اتصال بينهما, وكذلك مصر التي تمتد اراضيها في قارتي افريقيا واسيا, كذلك يمتلك البلدان سواحل طويلة على البحر المتوسط, كل ذلك جعل البلدين يتمتعان باهمية بالغة في الشرق الاوسط. ان النظام السياسي في كلا البلدين نظام جمهوري, تلعب فيه المؤسسة العسكرية دورا بارزا, وتولى ضباط الجيش منصب رئاسة الجمهورية, مع وجود رئيس للحكومة عادة ما يكون مدنيا, يتولى ادارة شؤون البلاد الداخلية والخارجية, فضلا عن انهما من البلدان النامية, وتشكل الزراعة فيهما النشاط الاقتصادي الرئيس للسكان, وانهما يعانيان من مشاكل اقتصادية متشابهة متمثلة في التضخم, وزيادة المديونية الخارجية, لذلك اتبعا مجموعة نظم واجراءات اقتصادية, من اجل التخلص من هذه المشاكل, فضلا عن ذلك هنالك تماثل في التكوين الاجتماعي, وفي عدد السكان في البلدين, والتداخل الديموغرافي بين ابناء الشعبين (التركي والمصري), فهناك مصريون من اصول تركية, وهناك اتراك من اصول عربية مصرية. اضف الى ذلك كون البلدين يرتبطان بعلاقة متميزة مع الولايات المتحدة الامريكية طيلة المدة التي هي قيد الدراسة, وكانا اكثر بلدين يتلقيان مساعدات اقتصادية منها بعد "اسرائيل" من الولايات المتحدة الامريكية, كذلك يرتبطان دون غيرهما من البلدان الاسلامية, بعلاقات دبلوماسية جيدة مع "اسرائيل" في هذه المدة. كل هذا التشابه بين البلدين وغيره, دفع الباحث الى اختيار الموضوع, فضلا عن افتقار المكتبات في الجامعات العراقية والتركية والمصرية, الى دراسة اكاديمية تتناول بحث العلاقات التركية المصرية, وتحليلها في المدة 1980 - 1993, تقف على نقاط التشابه التي تم ذكرها, ودورها في تنمية العلاقات بين البلدين في مختلف الجوانب. اما سبب تحديد عام 1980 لبدء الدارسة فيكمن في ان العلاقات التركية المصرية شهدت الانطلاقة الحقيقية نحو التطور في هذا العام, بعد تسلم كنعان ايفرين رئاسة الجمهورية التركية, على اثر الانقلاب العسكري في الثاني عشر من ايلول 1980, وسعيه الى توثيق علاقات تركيا مع الدول العربية, والدور الذي لعبه توركوت اوزال في توجه تركيا نحو مصر وباقي الدول العربية, سواء عندما كان رئيسا للوزراء على دورتين (1983 - 1989), ام بعد توليه رئاسة الجمهورية (1989 - 1993), وقد توقفنا في البحث عند عام 1993؛ لانه يمثل سنة وفاة توركوت اوزال الذي كان له دور الرئيس في تطوير سياسة تركيا الداخلية والخارجية, وعلاقاتها السياسية والاقتصاد مع مصر وباقي الدول العربية, وبذلك انتهت الحقبة الاوزولية التي امتدت من عام 1983 حتى عام 1993. وقد اعتمد الباحث في تقسيم الدارسة على وحدة الموضوع, مع مراعاة المنهج التاريخي بما يتطلب من تتبع للاحداث والوقائع المختلفة، حسب التسلسل التاريخي, مما يجعل التعمق في بحث الاحوال والمؤثرات التاريخية امرا ضروريا؛ لفهم تطور العلاقات التركية المصرية, ولذا كان ترتيب الفصول على الشكل الاتي : الفصل الاول, تناولت فيه طبيعة العلاقات التركية المصرية قبل عام 1980, وهو فصل تمهيدي, يعرض بالبحث والتحليل العلاقات التركية المصرية منذ قيام النظام الجمهوري في مصر عام 1952, واسباب توتر العلاقات التركية المصرية في هذه المدة حتى عام 1965, ثم دراسة العوامل التي دفعت تركيا الى تغيير سياستها تجاه مصر وباقي الدول العربية, ومراحل تحسن العلاقات بين البلدين, وصولا الى عام 1980, كذلك تناول الفصل تطور العلاقات التركية المصرية في المجال الاقتصادي, والعلمي, والثقافي, والصحي, في هذه المدة. اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناول تطور العلاقات السياسية بين البلدين في المدة 1980 - 1993, والعوامل التي ادت الى هذا التطور في العلاقات, وتبادل الزيارات الرسمية بينهما على اعلى المستويات, في مدة حكم كنعان ايفرين (1980 - 1989), ومدة حكم توركوت اوزال (1989 - 1993). اما الفصل الثالث فقد تناول مجالات التعاون بين تركيا ومصر (1980 - 1993), التي اشتملت على خمسة محاور هي : المحور الاول, ويناقش المجال الاقتصادي والمسوغات التي ادت الى انفتاح البلدين نحو بعضهما, من اجل زيادة مجالات التعاون الاقتصادي بينهما في مختلف المستويات، سواء التجاري منها ام السياحي، او في مجال الصناعة (المدنية, والعسكرية), وكذلك في مجال الانشاءات والمقاولات. اما المحور الثاني فقد تناول جانب التعاون في مجال النقل البحري والجوي بين البلدين. في حين يرصد المحور الثالث التعاون في مجال مشاريع الطاقة الكهربائية وغيرها. وعاين المحور الرابع التعاون في المجال القضائي، واحكام المسجونين, والمعتقلين, اما المحور الاخير فقد رصد التعاون في المجال الثقافي والعلمي، وكذلك مجال الاذاعة والتلفزيون. اما الفصل الرابع فقد وقف فيه الباحث على موضوع مهم, كان له انعكاساته على تطور العلاقات بين البلدين في مختلف المجالات, وهو موقف تركيا ومصر من القضايا الاقليمية, وقد ركزنا فقط على القضايا الاقليمية التي شهدت اهتماما مشتركا من قبل البلدين, وكان لهما موقف مشترك او متباين منها, ومدى تعاونهما مع بعضهما؛ لايجاد حلول لبعض هذه القضايا, واهم هذه القضايا التي تم تناولها هي : حرب الخليج الاولى (1980 - 1988), والصراع العربي "الاسرائيلي", المتمثل في هذه المدة بتطورات القضية الفلسطينية, والاجتياح "الاسرائيلي" للبنان في عام 1982, وتطورات القضية القبرصية, اضافة الى ازمة الخليج (1990 - 1991), واخيرا الحرب في البوسنة والهرسك عام 1992, وعلى الرغم من ان هذه الموضوعات هي موضوعات سياسية, الا انها تعد خارجة عن موضوع تطور العلاقات السياسية بين البلدين؛ لانها تمثل قضايا اقليمية كان لتركيا ومصر موقف منها, لذا تم تناولها في فصل خاص, ولم تدمج مع الفصل الثاني من الاطروحة. ثم تلت هذه الفصول خاتمة, ضمنها الباحث اهم النتائج التي تمخضت عنها الدراسة. اعتمدت فصول الدراسة على مجموعة كبيرة من المصادر الاصيلة، ياتي في مقدمتها عدد غير قليل من الوثائق التركية غير المنشورة، المحفوظة في ارشيف الدولة التركية في انقرة (Devlet Arşivleri Genel Müdürlüğü), فضلا عن مجموعة من الوثائق التركية المنشورة في الجريدة الرسمية التركية (Resmi Gazete)، وهي جريدة معنية بنشر الاتفاقيات الدولية والقوانين بعد مصادقتها من قبل رئيس الجمهورية, هذا فيما يخص الوثائق التركية التي اعتمدتها الدراسة، اما الوثائق المصرية فقد اطلعت على الاتفاقيات والبروتوكولات بين مصر وتركيا, المنشورة في الجريدة الرسمية المصرية, والتي تصدر عن مركز المعلومات والتوثيق ودعم اتخاذ القرار في الهيئة العامة لشؤون المطابع الاميرية في امبابة في محافظة الجيزة، اذ تنشر هذه الجريدة جميع الاتفاقيات والبروتوكولات التي توقعها مصر مع دول العالم بعد مصادقة رئيس الجمهورية عليها، وموافقة وزير الخارجية على نشرها, فضلا عن التقارير الصادرة عن المؤسسات الرسمية مثل الامم المتحدة, والبنك الدولي, وتقارير السفارات. كذلك اعتمدت فصول الاطروحة على عدد كبير من الكتب العربية والمعربة والكتب الاجنبية, التي رفدت الاطروحة بمعلومات مهمة, ومنها كتاب (التطورات المعاصرة في العلاقات العربية التركية) لمؤلفه خليل ابراهيم الناصري, ويعد من المصادر المهمة, اذ اعتمد المؤلف على عدد من المؤلفات التركية، والاجنبية, والكتاب في الاصل رسالة ماجستير في العلوم السياسية, ومن الكتب الاخرى المهمة كتاب (العلاقات العربية التركية) بجزئه الاول الذي كان من منظور عربي وصدر عن معهد البحوث والدراسات العربية التابع لجامعة الدول العربية عام 1991, اما في جزئه الثاني فقد كتب من منظور تركي, وصدر عن معهد البحوث والدراسات العربية, بالتعاون مع مركز الابحاث للتاريخ والفنون والثقافة الاسلامية باسطنبول عام 1993, والكتاب عبارة عن مجموعة بحوث تناولت مختلف جوانب العلاقات التركية العربية, وما يؤخذ على الكتاب ان بعض تواريخ الاحداث الواردة فيه غير دقيقة, وكذلك بعض الاسماء, الامر الذي دفع الباحث الى الرجوع للجرائد؛ من اجل التاكد من تواريخ الاحداث. ومن الكتب المهمة مؤلفات الدكتور جلال عبد الله معوض, منها كتاب (صناعة القرار في تركيا والعلاقات العربية - التركية), وهو كتاب يوضح كثيرا من خبايا وتوجهات السياسة التركية, على الرغم من ان معظم فصول الكتاب تقع خارج نطاق البحث، وكتاب (قضايا العلاقات المصرية التركية), وهذا الكتاب ذو طبيعة سياسية, اعتمد فيه المؤلف على التحليل السياسي للمواقف, الا انه ذكر بعض الجوانب التاريخية في العلاقات بين البلدين, وكذلك مؤلفات الدكتور احمد نوري النعيمي, ومنها كتاب تركيا وحلف شمال الاطلسي، وهو كتاب يتناول بالبحث والتحليل موقع تركيا في حلف شمال الاطلسي واسباب انضمام تركيا لهذا الحلف, وكذلك مؤلفات الدكتور عوني عبد الرحمن السبعاوي، ومؤلفات الدكتور ابراهيم الداقوقي, وغيرهم، وتاتي اهمية هذه الدراسات في كونها مؤلفات متخصصة في عدة مجالات من شؤون تركيا. واستعان الباحث بعدد من الرسائل والاطاريح الجامعية، كانت في مقدمتها اطروحة اميرة محمد كامل الخربوطلي، الموسومة بـ(العلاقات المصرية - التركية 1952 - 1971), والتي نوقشت في كلية الاقتصاد والعلوم السياسية - جامعة القاهرة عام 1979, ومنهج كتابة الاطروحة كان منهجا سياسيا وليس منهجا تاريخيا, لكني افدت منها في معرفة خلفيات العلاقات التركية المصرية, واستعنت برسالة احمد نوري النعيمي (السياسة الخارجية التركية بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية) وهي رسالة ماجستير اعتمدت على الصحافة بالدرجة الاساس وتصل لغاية عام 1975، وكذلك اطروحة احمد جاسم الطائي (موقف تركيا من قضايا المشرق العربي 1967 - 1978), فقد اشار فيها الى جوانب يمكن الافادة منها؛ لفهم العلاقات التركية المصرية, ورسالة الماجستير للباحث زياد عزيز حميد الجلبي، (السياسة الخارجية التركية 1973 - 1983) وغيرها, وقد افاد منها الباحث في الفصل الاول من الاطروحة فقط. كما شكلت البحوث المعتمدة في المؤتمرات العلمية والبحوث المنشورة في الدوريات العربية، مرتكزا اخر افاد منه الباحث في كتابة اطروحته, اذ قدمت الابحاث والدراسات معلومات قيمة عن العلاقات التركية العربية بشكل عام, وتاتي في طليعتها البحوث المنشورة في مجلة السياسة الدولية الصادرة عن مركز الاهرام, كذلك اعتمد الباحث بشكل كبير على الشهريات الموجودة في مجلة السياسة الدولية, كدليل لمعرفة الزيارات المتبادلة وتواريخها للبحث عنها, وعما دار فيها من مباحثات في الجرائد والمصادر الاخرى, كما ان مجلة السياسة الدولية كانت تعنى ايضا بنشر بعض الملفات الوثائقية عن بعض الاحداث المهمة. اما الجرائد والمجلات العربية والتركية والاجنبية, المحفوظة في دار الكتب والوثائق القومية في القاهرة, او في المكتبة الوطنية (Milli Kütüphane) في انقرة, او في دار الكتب والوثائق الوطنية في بغداد, او في مركز الدراسات الاستراتيجية في بغداد, فقد شكلت رافدا مهما من روافد الاطروحة؛ اذ اعتمد عليها الباحث اعتمادا كبيرا في توثيق الزيارات والمباحثات التي جرت بين البلدين, فقد كانت هذه الجرائد حريصة على متابعة الاحداث والمواضيع وتطوراتها, وما نتج عنها, وقد اعتمد الباحث في اغلب المواضيع على اكثر من صحيفة, ومن مختلف التوجهات؛ من اجل الوصول الى دقة المعلومة, واهم هذه الجرائد هي جريدة الاهرام المصرية, واضواء الانباء التركية, و(Milliyet) وغيرها من الجرائد. وكان للمواقع الالكترونية الموثقة اثر مهم في تزويد الاطروحة ببعض الوثائق والمعلومات, مثل موقع الامم المتحدة, وموقع مقاتل من الصحراء, وموقع عالم المعرفة وغيرها من المواقع الالكترونية . وفي الحقيقة ان هذا الجهد الذي بذل من قبل الباحث قد واجه عدة صعوبات, متعارف عليها عند اغلب الطلبة والباحثين, منها عدم اهتمام وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي في تذليل العقبات امام الطلبة؛ من اجل الحصول على الوثائق والمصادر من خارج العراق, فيبقى الطالب معتمدا على جهده الذاتي وعلاقاته الشخصية؛ من اجل الحصول على وثيقة, او كتاب نادر. ولم يدخر الباحث جهدا او مالا في سبيل ذلك, اذ قام بعدة سفرات في داخل العراق وخارجه, شملت عددا من المدن التركية والمصرية لاكثر من مرة, فضلا عن المدن العراقية, يقتفي اثر المعلومة؛ من اجل سد الثغرات, وكنت اعمل بشكل دؤوب في المكتبات التركية والمصرية لساعات طوال, باحثا في صفحات المجلات والجرائد وناقلا منها, اذ ان بعض المكتبات تمنع استعمال تقنية التصوير بكل انواعه, اما الوثائق المصرية غير المنشورة فلا يحق للباحث الاطلاع عليها, الا بعد الحصول على موافقة وزير الخارجية حصرا, وبتزكية من احد الاساتذة الجامعيين المصريين, وبعد مدة انتظار قد تصل الى اكثر من خمسة شهور, لا يتمكن الباحث من الاطلاع على جميع الوثائق التي يرغب في الحصول عليها. والشيْ الاخر الذي يدعو الى الاسى هو وجود عدة تقارير وجرائد تخص علاقة تركيا مع الدول العربية, كانت متوفرة في مكتبة مركز الدراسات الاقليمية في جامعة الموصل, ولكنها فقدت او اتلفت بعد سيطرة (داعش) على المدينة عام 2014, وعلى الرغم من كثرة الاتصالات مع بعض الاصدقاء لم اتمكن من الحصول الا على نزر يسير منها . وختاما فعلى الرغم مما بذله الباحث من جهد في اعداد هذه الدراسة، ومهما بلغ حرصه على دقتها, فانه لا يدعي الكمال فيما كتب, فالكمال لله وحده، وما اضافه من نتائج اعتمد فيها على ما توفر عليه من وثائق ومصادر علمية. وغاية ما يرجوه ان يكون قد وفق في متابعة موضوع بحثه, وان تحظى الاطروحة برضا الاساتذة الكرام، وان تكون جديرة بان تحتل مكانتها في المكتبة التاريخية العراقية ... والله الموفق . | Turkey and Egypt are considered among the most important countries in the Middle East. They share a common set of characteristics, in terms of the geographical location, the nature of political regime and economic system, the social formation, the population and so on. Both have an excellent geopolitical location which have an important geopolitical Area. Whereas the Turkish grounds lay between the continents of Asia and Europe it form a link between them, Also Egypt in which its grounds lay in Africa and Asian Areas and it forms as an important link between the ancient continents of the world (Asia, Africa, and Europe). As well both have long beaches on the Mediterranean sea. All of what mentioned above makes both countries among the most important countries of the Middle East . The political regime in both countries is a republican, and in such regime, The position of presidency should be assumed by Army officers with a head of government usually a civilian, manages the internal and external affairs of the country. As both countries are related to the growing countries in which agriculture is the main source of economy of their peoples, And both countries are suffering from economic problems, such as inflation and increasing external indebtedness. Both countries have a special relationship with the USA in the period of studied, and they were getting great economic support from the USA. The support comes in the second class, after "Israel" In addition both countries have a good diplomatic relationship with "Israel'' - that the other Islamic countries. All that similarity between the two countries, pushes the researcher to choose such a subject, to find out the similarity which has been mentioned, above and its role in growing the relation between the two countries. The researcher has divided the study depending on the unity of the subject, with observance of historical method, which is required to follow different events and attitudes according to historical sequence. And this is what makes going deeply into conditions and influences is very necessary to understand the development of Turkish - Egyptian relations. Therefore, the order of the chapters is as follows : Chapter I : The nature of Turkish - Egyptian relations until 1980Chapter II : Development of Turkish - Egyptian Political Relations 1980 - 1993Chapter III : Areas of Cooperation between Turkey and Egypt 1980 - 1993Chapter IV : The Attitude of Turkey and Egypt form The Regional Issues 1980 - 1993. The most important conclusions which have been reached by the researcher are that relations between both countries have developed relatively since 1965 and until the end of seventies, But the relations between them haven't reach advanced stages and the stage of coordination in attitudes and trends, only in the eighties and early nineties of the last century, This is reflected in the frequent visits between officials of the two countries at the highest levels, cooperation in the economic fields, the field of transport, the field of justice, the field of culture and other fields, as well as in the coordination of positions, either individually or through the Organization and the Conference. The Islamic, the United Nations. Turkey's drive towards Egypt was mainly due to two factors : the first is political; Turkey's attempt to obtain a supportive position in the Cyprus issue from the Arab and Islamic countries and the Non - Aligned Movement. Turkey was an important gateway to Egypt; to influence the positions of these countries, The economic factor was a major factor in the development of Turkish - Egyptian relations during this period. It was also the most active in the relations between the two countries because of the problems Economy Suffering from both countries. However, the economic relations between Turkey and Egypt have not reached an advanced stage compared to other Arab countries, Iraq, Libya and Saudi Arabia were the most economically connected countries with Turkey. The reason for this is that Turkey and Egypt were competing in some Economic fields. It is clear here that the process of making foreign political decision in the Turkish state has been subject to several variables internal, regional and international, has been determined the process of issuing in accordance with Turkey's political relations and economic interests with those determinants

القزلباش ودورهم العسكري والسياسي في ايران 1500 - 1629 == The Kizilbash And Their Military And Political Role In Iran 1500 - 1629 AD

اسم المؤلف: شهد عبد الرزاق محمد
اسم المشرف: مشعل مفرح ظاهر العونان
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Iranian studies have been major focus of many Iraqi researchers, and it was for many reasons including geographical proximity, ease of travel to Iran, visit Iranian libraries, and can be utilized and accessing books, and many other factors, the subject of QIZILBASH and their political and military role in Iran during 1500 - 1629 AD is considered from the subjects that assumed its importance from the importance of the state exitance itself of being THE FIRST that had arisen in Iran during the modern times, and QIZILBASH are the pillars of that state, they had been a huge role of its formation by their standing with SHAH ISMAIL THE FIRST and their assistant of SAFAVID statehood and consolidation, therefore the study of QIZILBASH have made on the political and military levels, many of political and events and developments during that time, reveals about the nature of those tribes, their numbers and how they did join to the SAFAVID state, and then engaged them to SAFAVID state politically and military during holding administrative and military positions in the SAFAVID state, where the thesis discusses many important events during that time with the QIZILBASH were for many times had an important role in it, where those events represent by rebel movement and separation who they are part of Qizilbash, and another part had eliminated it, besides, they undertake to take power effectively and they cancelled the role of SAFAVID SHAHAT and limiting them on the nominal power only, as it happened during both the SHAH ISMAIL the second and MOHAMMAD KHODABANDA eras even they forced him to abdicate to SHAH ABBAS THE GREAT, therefore we chose to study them in detail to know about their influence on the SAFAVID society and SAFAVID state. Starting from there huge role in SHAH ISMAIL SAFAVID era towards SHAH ABBAS THE GREAT era and2downsizing their role and establish an alternative army of them known as “SHAHSYOON”.Based on the foregoing, the letter is divided into three chapters preceding a study of important reasons of research, in preparation for it, followed by conclusion, appendixes, resource list and references, which they made a preparation entitled a “Geography of QIZILBASH home”, and I have addressed many subjects which the first one was the geography of QIZILBASH home which it has the famous cities which they stayed at it and they appeared from it inside every tribe separately. Then spoke about the modern mini - states of those tribes and the role of each of emergence of appearing of QIZILBASH tribes on the political drama.First Chapter : It comes under the heading of appearance of SAFAVID state, I was addressing the introduction of this chapter, the founders of SAFAVID state from SAFI ADDIN ARDABILI to SHAH IMAIL THE FIRST then I have addressed the role of the QIZILBASH about installation the SHAH ISMAIL THE FIRST on the throne and then elimination on the internal rebellion in his era access to conducting them the Battle of CHALDIRAN in 1514 with the Ottoman Empire.Second Chapter : It is addressing the political situations after Battle of CHALDIRAN access to installation of SHAH TAHMASP THE FIRST on the thrown and then we address the role of SHAH TAHMASP about his struggle against Qizilbash, and then the conflict of QIZILBASH at the end of the life of SHAH TAHMASP THE FIRST access to SHAH ABBAS THE FIRST.3Third Chapter : It is addressing SHAH ABBAS THE GREAT and how he was establishing an alternative army of the QIZILBASH and resizing their influence, and then addresses the important positions that existed in the SAFAVID state during 1500 - 1629 A.D.In conclusion, I have addressed a presentation of the most remarkable results that I figured it out and issues I have discussed. The French researcher well - known Rojer SAVORY and his researches, live a book “My investigation in the Iran SAFAVID era history” (collections of essays) which had been translated and commented on it by : ABBAS QUILI GHAFARI and MOHAMMED BAQIR ARAM and their book of “Iran under the SAFAVID” or “Iran under SAFAVID” and SAVORY is a specialist of SAFAVID studies, so he enriched the thesis which most its pages covered with important information.Most importantly “The administrative institutions of SAFAVID governments”, also a book of “History of Persia” by Sir PERCY SYKES the author reviewed the history of Iran generally, also the book of “The fall of the SAFAVID dynasty and the AFGHAN occupation of Persia” by LAURENCE LOCKHART, and the professor LOCKHART if from the specialist Iran history studies and his book almost from the important studies which have presented about analysis of SAFAVIDs state collapse and he wrote many essays about the Persian army in the SAFAVID times, and Persian cities.Accordingly, sources have confirmed the historical importance of QIZILBASH in the SAFAVID state at both on the political and military levels by providing us with valuable and important information about political and military influence in the SAFAVID state from its very beginning until beginning of SHAH ABBAS THE GREAT era , collapse their influence and reducing their numbers.

السياسة الاميركية تجاه القضية الكورية 1945 - 1950 : دراسة تاريخية == American Policy toward the Korean Issue 1945 - 1950 : A Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: سوسن عبد المجيد شهاب المحمد
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Korean issue is regarded one of the vital and most important issues in modern and contemporary history which embodied the confrontation and international conflict in what is called "The Cold War" between the Communist and Western camps. Previous studies that dealt with the modern and contemporary history of Korea focused on war between the two Koreas and never tackled the Korean events and trends between 1945 - 1950 which is considered one of the hardest and most critical periods in Korean history that led to the division of Korea and the outbreak of war between its people, a division that continued till the present day. The thesis consists of an introduction, four chapters, a conclusion, and appendices. Chapter one deals with the American foreign policy toward Korea 1866 - 1945. The chapter is divided into two sections : section one deals with the American interest in the Korean peninsula 1866 - 1910, while section two focuses on planning for the policy of joint occupation in Korea 1941 - 1945. Chapter two is devoted to study the US administration in South Korea 1945 - 1947 and consists of two sections : section one centers on the US or American military occupation policy in South Korea, whereas section two deals with the American role in Moscow Conference and the Soviet - American Committee. Chapter three deals with the American efforts to settle the Korean case in the United Nations 1947 - 1948. It is also divided into two sections : section one deals with the American role in inserting the Korean issue in the United Nations General Assembly's agenda, while section two deals with the American project and its role in establishing the republic of South Korea and Democratic People's Republic of Korea. Finally, the policy of the United States toward the interior developments in Korea 1948 - 1950 was the main concern of chapter four which is, in turn, divided into two sections : section one concentrates on the role and influence of the United States on the internal circumstances of South Korea, whereas section two is devoted to study the American military and economical supports to the republic of South Korea. In conclusion, the situation in Korea 1945 - 1950 represents a miniature of the situation in the world which was divided into two groups : western and eastern. The Korean War forms the first image of the cold war as it was not just a war between the two republics of Korea, but between the west led by the United States and the east represented by the Soviet Union. It was a war between two different systems and political ideologies.

الاحزاب البرلمانية في العراق 1925 - 1935 : حزب الوحدة الوطنية نموذجا == Parliamentary Parties in Iraq 1921 - 1935 : National Unity Party as an Example

اسم المؤلف: رقية سلمان عبد الكريم عبد الواحد العيسى
اسم المشرف: فاروق صالح العمر
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: During the last Ottoman era, Iraq witnessed the formation of various parties and associations that had been active in the political arena. The events of the First World War, the declaration of the British Mandate on Iraq in April, and the resulting political and military developments, most notably (thawratl cshreen) the revolution of the twentieth ,the subsequent events , great results in the partisan life and the public opinion in the country had led to the establishment of the provisional government (The first Naqeebi goverment) and the proclamation of the monarchy in Iraq after the inauguration of Prince Faisal bin al - Hussein as King of Iraq on August 23, 1921 provided the opportunity for opposition and government political parties to engage in politics and its affairs. Amongst these parties was the National Unity Party, Which was approved on 6 December 1934 and which is the subject of the study.The National Unity Party was formed during the accession of Ali Jawdat Al - Ayoubi as prime minister in 1934. In fact, the purpose of its establishment is to support himself in ruling the country and to stand against the opposition, which was led by the National Brotherhood Party. The period during which the party was formed was a critical period in which movements and tribal uprisings that took place during the period 1934 - 1935 during which the tribal force became a deterrent force used in politics, and in overthrowing governments and a manifestation of the loss of stability in Iraq.bThe study consists of an introduction, three chapters and a conclusion as well as a number of appendices.Chapter one which is entitled Iraq Political Development is of two sections : the first deals with the British occupation of Iraq and the movements which took place in the Iraqi cities to combat this occupation ; the second touched upon the beginning of the partisan life in Iraq and the parties and associations that emerged after the legislation of the law of establishing of associations.Chapter two which is entitled Parliamentary Parties 1925 - 1935, was divided into two sections. The first deals with the parliamentary parties 1925 - 1930 and Britain's goal of implementing the parliamentary system in Iraq. The second section deals with the political parties 1930 - 1935 , the first of which is the Iraqi Covenant Party ( hizbl - ahadl - craqi) which was formed on October 13, 1930 was established by Noori Al - Saeed after being a prime minister, the second is the National Brotherhood Party led by Yaseen Al - Hashmi the opposing party to Noori Al - Saeed government. The two parties were approved by the ministry of interior in the same month. The chapter then ended in how the Brotherhood Party became the ruling party.Chapter three with the title The National Unity Party and the Formation of Al - Ayoubi Government is the subject upon which the study is built. It consists of two sections, the first deals with the first government of Al - Ayoubi which was formed on August 27 , 1934 , its most achievements, the reasons beyond its establishment, the general attitude towards it, its plans, the inner system of the party, and the founders of the party who lacked Political consensus. The second section touched upon the tribal movements which were the results of several factors most notably, the personal conflict between thecpolitical leaders and the political opposition; this of course had led to the emergence of two blocsstruggling to win power; it had also led to the division of the tribes, each supports a political bloc against the other.As required by the historical research approach, the conclusion is devoted to presenting the most important findings of the research followed by a followed by a list of sources and references that were used in writing this research. The forefront of them are the works of my supervisor Professor Farouk Saleh Al - Omar of which is his book entitled the Partisan Life between the two Wars; the Political Parties in Iraq 1921 - 1932. This is in addition to the works of Abdulrazaq Al - Hassani of which are History of the Iraqi Political Parties and Iraq during the Periods of British Occupation and Mandatory which is of two volumes. This is in addition to theses, dissertations, newspapers, magazines, encyclopedias, translated books which all helped enrich the work with valuable information.

سعود الفيصل ودوره في السياسة الخارجية السعودية حتى عام 1989 == Saud Al - Faisal And his role in Policy Foreign Saudia Even Year 1989

اسم المؤلف: وائل ناصر حسين الاسماعيلي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Some political figures have had significant impact on their successes both at home and abroad, but foreign policy is of paramount importance because of the high profile of international relations that benefits their countries and earns a global reputation. And an international stand which then qualifies it to manage the various crises and to search for its solution and lead its parties to ensure that they have the role of the mentor, planner and player in the basis of imposing his will on everyone. Therefore, achieving this is not easy and requires the external affairs of each country to have a foreign minister with extraordinary qualifications, able to map the foreign policy of his country. This may apply to the subject of the study, Saud al - Faisal.We divided the study into an introduction, five chapters and a conclusion. The researcher touched on the first chapter of the biography of Prince Saud al - Faisal since his birth, his studies, his studies and his series in the positions until he became a foreign minister in 1975. Prince Saud al - Faisal began his work in the ministry on October 13, In 1975, to start his journey in the Saudi Foreign Ministry to continue for forty years.The second chapter was titled : The Rise of Saudi Arabia's Role in the Arab World and the Efforts of Saud al - Faisal to End the Lebanese Civil War and Follow - up the Palestinian Cause 1975 - 1989. The first topic dealt with the emergence of the Saudi role in the Arab arena and the weakness of the Egyptian role. The third was the follow - up of Saud al - Faisal to the Palestinian cause from 1975 - 1989, through the Saudi interest in Jerusalem and the Palestinian issue 1975 - 1978, and the position of the Saudi Foreign Ministry on the Camp David Accords (1978 - 1979). , As well as the efforts of S. Dr. Faisal in support of the Palestinian cause 1980 - 1989 .The third chapter deals with how the Saudi foreign affairs deal with some issues related to Saudi security , beginning with the Yemeni issue, which posed a serious threat to the Saudi - Yemeni border, 1975 - 1989, and the Saudi support for North Yemenagainst the South. The second topic highlighted the issue of security of the Arabian Gulf in foreign policy practices Saudi Arabia, through the importance of the security of the Arabian Gulf in the Saudi thinking, as well as the Arab projects for the security of the Arab Gulf 1975 - 1980, including the Riyadh Declaration 1975, the First Muscat Conference 1976, the Second Muscat Conference 1977 , The Saudi position on the Iraqi - Iranian war 1980 - 1988, represented by Saud al - Faisal's vision of the developments of the Iran - Iraq war 1980 - 1981, as well as the efforts of Saud al - Faisal in establishing the Gulf Cooperation Council 1981, after sensing the Iranian threat to the security of the Persian Gulf, The great role of Prince Saud al - Faisal in ending the Iran - Iraq War 1982 - 1988, which was identified through his visits to Baghdad and Tehran, as well as the multiple meetings with the Secretary - General of the United Nations and success in his efforts through the issuance of United Nations resolutions to stop the war start with issuance of 598, And others .The fourth chapter bore the title : The role of Saud al - Faisal in the directions of Saudi foreign policy towards the regional countries (Iran and Turkey). The first topic on the Saudi foreign affairs and Iran came from the convergence of divergence 1975 - 1989 , The second topic focused on Saudi - Turkish relations in light of regional changes 1975 - 1989 , beginning with the 1973 oil crisis and its impact on the Turkish orientation towards the Persian Gulf until 1979, as well as the Turkish position on the Iranian revolution and its repercussions on the Saudi - Turkish relations, and then on Turkey's position on the 1979 Camp David Agreement and its relationship with Israel. Finally, the Turkish position on the Iran - Iraq war and its impact on the continuation of cooperation between Saudi Arabia and Turkey 1980 - 1989 .Chapter 5 : The leadership of Saud al - Faisal explained to the Saudi foreign policy toward the major countries (the United States and the Soviet Union), through issues of common interest in the field of foreign work, points of convergence and differences in dealing with both countries, and then the conclusion sources .The study reached the conclusion that Prince Saud al - Faisal was a difficult figure for Saudi diplomacy, and continued in his meetings and meetings with officials to solve the problems of the region and the world, and realized what to deal with the Arab and international problems, he was able to keep his country from entering into any war, For his important role in highlighting Saudi Arabia externally and as the most important party in the overall details of the region and the world .

كباشي السعد 1866 - 1929م : دراسة تاريخية

اسم المؤلف: رائد محمد لزم
اسم المشرف: انور جاسب شنته الطريف
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

جيش لبنان الجنوبي (1976 - 2000) : دراسة تاريخية == South Lebanon Army (1976 - 2000) Historical study

اسم المؤلف: حسين زغير عيدان العمري
اسم المشرف: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Lebanese civil war is one of the most important events that broke into the state of modern Lebanon. It was dangerous because it really embodied what the Lebanese society was suffering from sectarian and religious division in all its strata. also the war was serious because Lebanon became a place of regional, Arab and international disputes. The interests of States were different among themselves while everyone wants to achieve in the Lebanese territory. In the light of the foregoing, Israel worked to inflame this war to achieve its ambitions for the south of Lebanon by forming the southern Lebanon Army to serve as a tool in south Lebanon for the period between 1976 - 2000 by creating a human barrier separating the resistance in south Lebanon and Israeli settlements, This is why we chose this subject for our study, which consists of the introduction and preface, which was devoted to the study of " Zionist ambitions towards southern Lebanon until 1975" that highlighting the roots of Zionist ambitions and efforts to annex southern Lebanon to occupied Palestine. The researcher has an accurate picture of the drawings.The first chapter was entitled "Establishment of the southern Lebanon Army 1976 - 1979". It was divided into two sections. The first section included the beginnings of the establishment of the southern Lebanon Army (1976 - 1978) and The second section dealt with the formation of the South Lebanon Army 1978 - 1979. This chapter represents from the important chapters at the establishment phase of the South Lebanon Army and this stage witnessed many events, the most important of which was the Israeli invasion of southern Lebanon in 1987 and the expansion of this army. The second chapter, entitled "The escalation of the South Lebanon Army activity 1979 - 1984" The first section dealt with the Declaration of the Free State of Lebanon and the internal and external position , The second section was devoted to the role of the (SLA) and the developments in Lebanon, including its participation in the Israeli invasion of 1982, its role in the Sabra and Shatila massacre, and its location in the May 17, 1983 agreement.The third chapter was entitled "The decline of the activity of the southern Lebanon Army 1984 - 1989". The first section included the emergence of the Lebanese resistance and its stages of development. The second section was to explain the military role of the Lebanese resistance and its impact on the decline of the activity of the southern Lebanon Army. The fourth chapter deals two sections the first section include with the military role of Hezbollah in the collapse of the southern Lebanon Army, while the second section deals with the local and regional situation and its impact on the collapse of the southern Lebanon Army and the Israeli withdrawal from South Lebanon in 2000, and Disintegration of the South Lebanon Army. Finally, we can say that the southern Lebanon Army (Israel) acted as an instrument in southern Lebanon throughout the course of the study, but failed to achieve the plan's objective because of the emergence of the Lebanese resistance Which destroyed Israeli security. This led to the adoption of a role for the United Nations in protecting its borders Northern.

الخطاب السياسي للزعيم عبد الكريم قاسم للمدة (1958 - 1963) : دراسة تاريخية == Political Discourse of Colonel Abd ALKareem Qasim (1958 - 1963) A Political Study

اسم المؤلف: حنين سالم حمادي التميم
اسم المشرف: عمار خالد رمضان الربيعي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The revolution of 14th of July, 1958 in Iraq was considered a great transition on all internal, regional and international levels. This study highlights the political discourse of Colonel Abd AlKareem Qasim, leader of the revolution, during his rule (1958 - 1963). That period was one of the most important stages in modern lraqi history. It had affected not only the internal and regional situation but it also had its international dimension in the world relations, particularly during the cold war era. The period was considered as very important as a result of the fact that lraq was a rich country of energy and had a strategic geographical location. In his discourse, Colonel Abd AlKareem Qasim illustrated the policy of the revolution towards the internal, regional and international matters. That discourse displayed the policy that outlined features of the foreign policy of Iraq and it indicated the political thinking of how to deal with the internal and foreign questions. It also introduced the ideas and philosophies that made up the ruling theory in Iraq according to which the relation between the group and the individual was organized through certain codes and values that not only governed distribution of influence and power inside the country but also went beyond that to dealing with the foreign affairs.The study applied the analytic perspective of the content on the political discourse of colonel Kareem and shed light on the factors that determind elements of the political regime in Iraq to treat the political, social andeconomic problems during the period of 1958 - 1963. At that time, the ruling regime in Iraq had come through many crises and much pressure that constituted challenges that affected both positively and negatively the political discourse whether it was internally, regionally or internationally directed. The dimensions of the discourse of Colonel Abd AlKareem Qasim reflected the narure of the political and ideological trends towards the several important historical events in light of the many challenges that the region, including Iraq, was facing. This, in turn, reflects the featured and trends of the leadership of the revolution particularly through the personality of colonel Abd AlKareem Qasim in light of the internal struggle regional problems and international domination

الصراع السياسي في الصين 1966 - 1976 (الثورة الثقافية) == Political conflict in China, 1966 - 1976 (Cultural Revolution

اسم المؤلف: حسين عبد الكاظم عودة الحسيناوي
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The present study focused on the Cultural Revolution in the Republic of China 1966 to1976. Primary aim of this revolution was to take possession of the state authority by power, to get hold of things and to crush the resistance of old elites in the Party after Mao and his followers realized that the totalitarian regime and conflict over the authority is endless in the central committee of the communist Party in China. Broadly, this cultural revolution embodied a series of general and political crises that republic of China tolerated during the 20th century. Mao and his group focusing on the central function of this revolution which was to prevent China from turning into being Capitalistic and to adopt Mao's ideas Besides, this revolution aims at flourishing the ideological awareness so that people can free themselves through class struggle. Mao believed that manipulating the political, ideological and public and public processes of the revolution, Mao's proponents could accomplish their revolutionary goals and also make their economic and social improvement. But this resulted in heightening the political turmoil accompanied by sustained ideological struggles, swept through the whole state. Mao thought Leo Shao Shi and his fellow, Ding Shiow Beeing were adopting capitalism in their support of some groups and instigation against the cultural revolution which, accordingly, resulted in a distortion of their interior affair in the face of the Party and the people of China. This struggle was known as "conflict between two link". Although this type of struggle was not over between the president and Mao at the beginning, the latter was able to exert his sovereignty as a leader to the communist party in China, for he believes the Chinese communist party was the dominant power that had ruled for a long time during bureaucratic leadership that made it lose its communist values and revolutionary spirit. In response, communist China witnessed some accusations and criticism oriented towards the great political and military. Majors, even different categories of people as well as conflict movements. In addition, China witnessed the formation of a number of organizations and armed groups coincided these divisions and the armed conflicts, even within one organization or one group. The conclusion shows that throughout this study one can comprehend the final version of the cultural revolution in that it was a huge risk to Chinese policy since it was exploited by Mao who succeeded in eliminating the communist party on the inside and dismantling it. Mao and the group of the central revolution took the advantage of the unsettled situation in China in order to distort the reputation of those who work for the president, Leo, Which is part of their political attempt to disrepute the party leaders and their system. Further, Mao was able, via this revolution, practiced communist totalitarian and to spread hatred throughout the state. At the same time, he succeeded in accomplishing his primary aim which is to control the authority under the rule of his power. Though he progressively attempted to turn China into being socialist and communist based upon Marxism, these attempts reached a resounding failure

العلاقات السياسية الالمانية - اليابانية 1933 - 1941 == German - Japanese political relations 1933 - 1941

اسم المؤلف: حسام طعمة ناصر
اسم المشرف: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After the First World War (1914 - 1918), the history of the international relations has witnessed many conflicts, some of them were born from the womb of the mitigations that were founded by the victorious countries. And the return of Germany and Japan to the cycle of the conflict, during the thirties of 20th century was one of the results of those mitigations, after they both have suffered from the oppression of the Allies Forces. The yield of Japanese policy to the army influence early thirties decade of the 20th century, and seizing the rule by Nazi in Germany in 1933, was an announcement to start a huge transition in the international relations.In the light of those conditions, the research of Germany - Japan political relations has acquired unique position for history study of the international relationships between the two World Wars. This thesis specifically addresses (1933 - 1941) era, during which, particularity in 1933, the Nazi headed by Adolf Hitler took power, with all the changes that took place in both the internal and external policy of Germany and the giant transition towered Japan. The study is concluded in 1941, where Japan officially involved in the second World War beside Germany, specifically during the bombardment of American Pearl Harbor in December of that year.The methodology of the thesis addresses both events chronologically, and at the same time maintains subject cohesion. The thesis includes a preface and four chapters, beside this introduction, conclusion, and bibliography. The preface is dedicated to research the history of the Germanys - Japanese relations advancement, up to 1933. It focused on Germany’s role in building the modern Japan, and the colonial competition between the two countries in the Middle East area. The research consists of two themes, the first has discusses the ideological elements and the political circumstances that effected the rapprochement, while the second theme discusses Germany - Japan political relations during the 1935 - 1936 period and the ratification of the anti - communism agreement on October 1936.The second chapter studies the impacts of Japan’s expansion in China on Germany - Japan relationships from 1937 to 1938. This chapter includes three themes : the first one discusses the Germany’s policyGerman - Japan political relations 1933 - 1941 toward the Far East prior to July - 1937 China - Japan war. While the second theme follows up the Germany’s attitude toward Japan - China war, and the third theme explores the internal and external factors that forced Germany to stand beside Japan, sacrificing its economic interests in China.The third Chapter is divided into three themes; the first one studies the attempts of the Japanese army to consolidate the military alliance with Germany. While the second theme discusses the impact of Germany - Soviets nonaggression treaty on the tripartite alliance negotiations. The third theme highlights the Japan’s attitude toward the Second World War in the period from September 1939 until July 1940.The fourth chapter in its three themes unveils the political relations of the two countries in light of the tripartite alliance in 1940 - 1941. The first theme focusses on the agreement discussion of the Germany - Italy - Japan tripartite alliance. While the second theme discusses the Japan - Soviet neutrality agreement in April 1941, and the Japan attitude toward the attack of its own ally, Germany, on the Soviets territories. The third theme focuses on Germany’s attitude toward America - Japan negotiations, and the Japanese attack on the American Pearl Harbor on 7th December 1941, Japan’s evolvement in the war beside its allies the Axis against the United States and Brittan.The thesis is counted on a group of sources and references; the most significant ones are collections of German, Britain and American documentations, in addition to a number of foreign specialized books, researches, and academic studies concerning Japan and Germany.The thesis concludes that the Germany - Japan relationships were not fully harmonious, they were rather characterized by hesitancy, perhaps due to the domination sole interests of each country over the common goals of the alliance.

الشيخ العربي التبسي ونشاطه الاصلاحي والسياسي في الجزائر 1891 - 1957

اسم المؤلف: جعفر جبار محسن
اسم المشرف: عمار محمد كاظم فرج
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الكويت الخارجية في اطار مجلس التعاون لدول الخليج العربية تجاه القضايا الخليجية ودول المشرق العربي 1981 - 1989 == Kuwait's foreign policy within the framework of the Cooperation Council and the Arab OrientalCountries 1981 - 1989 (Historical study

اسم المؤلف: باسم علوان حسين
اسم المشرف: طيبة خلف عبد الله
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The period between 1981 - 1989 is one of the important periods in the history of the Arab region in general and Gulf in particular, as Kuwait continued its policy and became more developed than the previous years and the Prince of Kuwait Jaber Al - Ahmad played a major role in that policy. Kuwait's policy was clearly evident in the personality of Kuwaiti Foreign Minister Sabah al - Ahmad, who has worked in the ministry since its establishment until late .During that period, the regional and Gulf scenes witnessed important events, most notably the outbreak of the Iran - Iraq war, the Israeli invasion of Lebanon, the continuation of the Lebanese civil war, the occurrence of many Palestinian uprisings and the settlement of the Yemeni conflict with Oman, that conflict lasted a long time . At the level of the Gulf arena, it witnessed an important event for all Gulf countries, namely the establishment of the Gulf Cooperation Council as a reaction to regional and international changes. Kuwait had a major role in establishing the JCC from the idea of Sheikh Jaber Al - Ahmad, which continued until the Council was established. One of the most important developments in the Gulf arena is the attempts to destabilize internal security in Kuwait, Bahrain and Saudi Arabia, as well as the border dispute between Qatar and Bahrain. As Kuwait was a major factor in the establishment of the Council, it had a distinguished presence and active and prominent activity in the discussion and address the many problems posed by the Council summits and sessions, and given Kuwait's great activity was chosen for this subject.The study aimed at shedding light on Kuwait's policy in the GCC and its activities, and clarifying the Kuwaiti position on internal and external events. The study included the introduction and preparation of three chapters and a conclusion, starting with the introduction of the foreign policy of Kuwait, the governmental positions, which started from independence and the accompanying events, the establishment of the state and joining the international and Arab organizations, and the settlement of Kuwait's land and sea borders and its role of Gulf and Arab events in that period. The first chapter was titled (The role of Kuwait in the establishment of the Gulf Cooperation Council and its position on the local events 1981 - 1989). The chapter is divided into three sections : the first is the Gulf security projects and Kuwait's position. The second topic is the role of Kuwait in establishing the Gulf Cooperation Council. The third topic highlighted Kuwait's position on local events and the second chapter titled "Kuwait's Position on Regional Conflicts within the GCC" (1981 - 1988). The chapter is divided into two sections. The first is Kuwait's position on the regional conflicts of the 1980 - 1988 Iran - Iraq war within the framework of the Gulf Cooperation Council. The second topic is the position of Kuwait on the conflict between Yemen and Oman .The third chapter, entitled "Kuwait's Position on the Events of the Arab Orient in the Gulf Cooperation Council 1981 - 1989", included two topics : Kuwait's position on the events in Kuwait and the two events.He highlighted Kuwait's position on the Lebanese civil war.

التطورات السياسية في العراق خلال عهد الوالي محمد نجيب باشا 1842 - 1849

اسم المؤلف: علي جواد كاظم المالكي
اسم المشرف: شاكر حسين دمدوم الشطري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الاردن من اتفاقية كامب ديفيد واثره على العلاقات مع الولايات المتحدة الامريكية 1977 - 1979

اسم المؤلف: اسعد كاظم جابر الغزي
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The reason for choosing the subject was to know the Jordanian position regarding the Camp David Accords and its impact on US relations with Jordan from 1977 until 1979, which marks a turning point in Arab - American relations in general and Jordanian - American in particular. US Presidency .The importance of the study comes from the specificity of the stage covered by the conflict, which witnessed the intensification of the Arab - Israeli conflict and the entry of the parties into crises and wars. The Arab parties and the Jordanian side resorted in particular to seek the support of the United States, which strongly entered the Arab region to resolve disputes and to settle the settlement Both American and Israeli, because of the strategic relationship between the United States and Israel, which is the cornerstone of American foreign policy in the region .The Camp David Accords were an important turning point in history in the history of the Arab - Israeli conflict. The agreement, which was accompanied by protracted negotiations for nearly a year and a half, paved the way for the signing of a formal peace treaty on March 26, 1979 between Egypt and Israel. This led to close ties with the United States and a profound change in the strategic map of the Middle East .The Camp David Agreement is one of the issues affecting the two countries because of the Jordanian interests' ties with the United States of America through the active role of Jordan in the Arab region and its international relations with the major countries. Especially with the United States .The interest of the United States and its support for Jordan stemmed from the general interest of the United States in the Middle East. The Middle East was an advanced front for the West in a possible confrontation with the Eastern bloc. It contained vast reserves of raw materials needed by the West, most importantly oil, and at the same time a market for Western products Thus, the American perception centered on the statement that the one who controls the Arabian Peninsula and the Middle East controls the European continent. Therefore, the key to interpreting the US policy in Jordan was the result of his opposition to the Soviet threat and the associated elements Because of its geographical location and because of its interest in peace in the region. Jordan is a small country with few major economic resources, which has made it rely heavily on US foreign aid to compensate for the scarcity of resources and its need for economic and social programs to support growth. Great Population .ABSTRACTBThe United States has considered Jordan as the qualified party to take positions in support of US peace initiatives, but rather to call for a key role in the peace process .The United States views Jordan as a major party in its political vision of the nature and dimensions of the conflict, seeking to ensure its security and stability, which is thus reflected in ensuring Israel's security. In contrast, Jordan has taken advantage of the US interest in highlighting its regional role towards peace .The first chapter was entitled "Negotiations for the Settlement of the Arab - Israeli Conflict and its Impact on US - Jordanian Relations 1973 - 1977". The first topic focused on the October 1973 war and the Jordanian - American contacts. The American attempts to settle the conflict and the Jordanian position, 1973 - 1974, are also discussed in the third article; following the decisions of the Arab summit on the Jordanian position on the peace talks 1974 - 1976 .While the second chapter dealt with the direction of the administration of US President Jimmy Carter to settle the Arab - Israeli conflict and the Jordanian position in 1977. In the first part, he focused on the Jordanian position on American mediation until October 1977, and in the second part, the Jordanian position on the joint Soviet - American statement and Sadat's visit to Jerusalem .The third chapter explains the role of the United States in the Camp David talks, the signing of the 1978 - 1979 Egyptian - Israeli peace treaty, the recognition of mutual visits prior to the agreement, the details of the Leeds Castle Conference in July 1978, the transition to the White House announcement to call the Camp David Conference, The Camp David Summit, during its thirteen days, monitored and analyzed the proposed projects, which were presented to the agenda of the negotiations, and what was reached at the end of the conference, embodied in the Camp David Agreement and the Egyptian - Israeli Treaty. And the Egyptian - Israeli negotiations until September 1978. The second topic was the US hosting the Camp David conference and its role in the Egyptian - Israeli peace treaty 1978 - 1979 .The fourth chapter was entitled : The Jordanian Position on the Camp David Accords and the Egyptian - Israeli Treaty and its Impact on American - Jordanian Relations. The first topic dealt with the Jordanian reservations to the Camp David Accords and the American position on them. David at the Ninth Arab Summit in Baghdad, and the latter dealt with the impac

نشاط السفارة البريطانية في العراق 1958 - 1959

اسم المؤلف: اسراء فالح غالي علي السيلاوي
اسم المشرف: فرات عبد الحسن كاظم الحجاج
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

المسارات الوسطية في فكر الامام علي (عليه السلام) : دراسة في نهج البلاغة == The Moderation Trends in Imam Ali's Intellect : A Study in Nahjul - Balagha

اسم المؤلف: اروى عبد الواحد رحيم
اسم المشرف: حميد سراج جابر الاسدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: In the middle of the challenges that the Islamic nation passes through during the modern times which affected the presence of the communities and their future, moderation appeared as an important approach to build a sound society. The intellectual visions of the Prince of Believers (peace be upon him) described moderation as a vital cure. This thesis entitled (The Moderation Trends in Imam Ali's Intellect : A Study in Nahjul - Balagha) is divided into three chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by conclusions. The prelude is entitled (The Concept of Moderation and Its Intellectual Implications), it defines moderation and shows its linguistic and terminological significances. It also shows intellectual accommodation of the concept of moderation and then studies the developing expression of moderation from Islamic perspective which basically depends on the Holy Qura'n and prophetic sunnah and its application by the Imams of Ahlu - el - Bayyt (peace be upon them).Chapter one is devoted to the study of (The Perfection Paths in Belief and Intellect). Including the status of integration, whether in ideological thought and knowledge or legislation or educational rules that the Imam shows in the worship paths in order to move to the path of integration and perfection through moderation. Section two studies the importance of moderation in the belief in the position of Imamship and its dimensions of loyalty.Chapter two which is entitled (Organizational Paths and Strategic Orientation) is divided into three sections. Section one studies the organizational path of the social framework and its sort of philosophy. Section two deals with the economic path. While section three deals with the organization of the military framework and its relationship with the leadership. Chapter three displays (The Educational Paths and Their Inclusive Nature). Imam Ali (peace be upon him) put some protective regulations, this is studied in section one. In section two, the guiding rules, as they were proposed by Imam Ali (peace be upon him), are displayed. In section three, the philosophical purpose, which emphasizes the concept of comprehensive education, is studied. The thesis ends with the most important results that the study concluded. The study consulted many resources that enriched it with the sufficient and beneficial information it its different aspects. The

احمد الشيخ داوود ودوره السياسي في العراق (1871 - 1948) == Ahmed AL - Sheikh Dawood and His Political Role in Iraq (1871 - 1948)

اسم المؤلف: نور هاشم كاظم الغزي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of historical characters is important because the person who is the creator of the historical event, the understanding of his circumstances, the nature of his personality and the intellectual principles he believes in are very important in understanding the historical events that contributed to his making. This type of study is not confined to the biography of these characters But also deals with historical events and political developments in which he participated, and it often exceeds to study the developments and conditions that have an impact on the personality subject matter of the study. From this point of view, there was a tendency to study one of the political figures of Iraq, and since Ahmed Al - Sheikh Dawood is one of the Iraqi political character who have played a major role in political events since 1919, when he belonged to the Society of Secret Independence Guard, which bore the burden of the 1920 revolution against British authorities have been selected for an academic work to highlight his life and his role in the events and attitudes witnessed in the history of modern Iraq. The first chapter deals with his life and how he grew up, as well as the early stages of his administrative activities. He also dealt with his political activities, which represented his participation in the establishment of the secret independence guard society which had a great role in the national assembly and their determination to liberate Iraq from the British, Sunni and Shiite communities and the achievement of national unity. The second chapter was devoted to the study of the political and partisan activities of Sheikh Ahmed Al - Sheikh Dawood in 1922 - 1934. He dealt with his political activity through his position on the 1927 Karbala Conference in the wake of the Wahhabist attacks on the Iraqi border, as well as his position on the 1922 Treaty. On Iraq, and also dealt with party activity and belonging to the parliamentary parties, which was intended to reach power, and concluded the chapter of the role of Ahmed AL - Sheikh Dawood in the Constituent Assembly of Iraq. The third chapter was devoted to the participation of Ahmed Al - Sheikh Dawood in the third Ministry of Abdul Mohsen Al Sadoun on 14 January 1928 - 28 April 1929 and included the Ministry of Endowments and explaining his activity in this ministry and its reforms within this ministry and his efforts to establish the religious division at Al - Bayt University, The foundation for the establishment of the Public Endowment Library and its position on the dispute over the property of the Ministry of Endowments. While the fourth chapter dealt with its roles in the Iraqi life parliament. We dealt with it role in Iraqi Founding Council and life parliamentary role through the records of the House of Representatives and the Senate's minutes of speeches, discussions and many suggestions, explaining its opinions, proposals and ideas on what is discussed in the two political, economic and administrative issues. This study produced a number of findings, and it became clear that Ahmad Al - Sheikh Dawood comes from a decent religious family. He grew up in an authentic Arab tradition and recorded his first political activity in 1919 when he joined the secret independence guard and his participation in the 20th national revolution. In his patriotism and patriotism through his participation in the establishment of the modern Iraqi state. He participated in the first Iraqi Foundational Council, participated in the House of Representatives and the Senate, and composed political parties, as well as administrative positions. With all this, the right and the equity invite us to say that Ahmad Al - Sheikh Dawood is one of the prominent politicians in Iraq who began his political activity with love and sacrifice for the country. He is a pioneer in honesty and integrity. There is no doubt about his integrity. When the monarchy in Iraq entered, he became one of his men and held many positions. Others provided with all dedication and sincerity in light of the circumstances in which Iraq lived conditions, namely the conditions of the monarchy.A personal political study such as Ahmed Al - Sheikh Dawood was not an easy study. There were difficulties faced by the researcher, the first of which was that Ahmed al - Sheikh Dawood did not leave personal memoirs, as well as his writings that were likely to serve the study were lost after his death

الحياة الاجتماعية في مصر والشام من خلال كتاب نيل الامل في ذيل الدول لابن شاهين الظاهري (ت920هـ)

اسم المؤلف: عدنان عباس شاكر
اسم المشرف: عبد الخالق خميس علي التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
الصفحات الاولى:

عادل عسيرته ودوره السياسي في لبنان 1905 - 1989 == Adel Osseiran Biography and Political Role in Lebanon (1905 - 1989

اسم المؤلف: خنساء خيري جبر الحسيناوي
اسم المشرف: عماد جاسم حسن الموسوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Adel Osseiran is an independent Lebanese political figure who worked hard for the independence of Lebanon and has a prominent political , economic and social role in the Lebanese arena. The first chapter dealt with the biography of Adel Osseiran and the most prominent figures who emerged from his family and their role in Lebanon.Where Adel Osiran began his political activity in 1936 and among the events that took place in Lebanon , where he participated in the conference of Sidon , the Sahel Conference and the Bint Jbeil uprising.The second chapter included his role in the Lebanese events in 1943. He worked hard for the independence of Lebanon with the people of independence. The newspapers and books spoke of his position. He also spoke about his position on the Palestinian issue (1946 - 1948). He played an effective and influential role. He pointed to the emphasis on Arabism and the right of the Palestinian people to stability. And that Palestine should be part of the Arab unity. What was studied in this chapter is the crisis of 1952 , the conference of Deir al - Qamar , the permanent alumni conference , and the Baghdad alliance, which rejected it and all the Western alliances , and it has been reported about its position in nationalizing the channel of licorice and triple aggression against Egypt. As well as his position on the Eisenhower project and his rejection of him, and highlight his role in the outbreak of the popular uprising in Lebanon.The title of the third chapter : the activity of Adel Osiran parliamentary and ministerial (1960 - 1970) , including his role in the elections in 1960 , as well as his role in the receipt of ministries , including the Ministry of Justice , Interior , Economy and Welfare , and then the Ministry of Public Works.The fourth chapter, entitled Adel Osseiran's Political Activity (1978 - 1989), included Adel Osseiran's position on the Israeli invaders of Lebanon and his role in the Geneva and Lausanne national dialogue confe

مدينة ماردين : دراسة في احوالها العامة 570 - 658هـ/1174 - 1259م == Marden Stadys in it’s public Statuses (570 to 658 A.H / 1174 - 1259A.D)

اسم المؤلف: جاسم خليل روج الحسيني
اسم المشرف: زينب فاضل مرجان
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of cities and developments in political, economic and social aspects, enjoys great care in historical studies, and it is known that cities existed before Islam, including Islamic conquests after noon, having built new cities and the cities of Mardin were created before Islam in the territory of the island - Jazira, Mesopotamia, and the renamed Laramie and then occupied Arab tribes, open Muslim Arabs in the time of Umar Ibn Al - Khattab (13 - 23 e/634 - 643 m), at the hands of Muslim Arab Commander Ayaz bin ghanam Al - Fihri (19/640 m), and is one of the important Islamic, stomata gate into the territory Island - Jazira, Mesopotamia and the Levant from Armenian side, this location has great importance in Islamic history, if the conflict zone between conflicting forces, has ruled the tired alaratkh who had taken over several towns in the island territory - Jazira, Mesopotamia, their era was a regional conflict between several strong Among them .Mardin althgharih cities is that an active contribution to install Islamic State border attacks the greedy powers, and had a clear impact in spreading Islam and install the Islamic presence in those far flung from Baghdad, the capital of the Islamic State, and it was to this town Chronicle Arab - Islamic history has witnessed important historical through the ages, especially in the sixth and seventh centuries the Moslem calendar/second and 13th centuries AD, as this was an important stage in the political and military history, saw an extension of influence alartki and Saladin to island - Jazira, Mesopotamia, and extend their influence on All its cities, including the city of Mardin.Notable aspects of active cultural activity Mardin since the Islamic conquest of her years (19/670 m), it is seen early to mosques and schools that have played an active role in spreading Islam and the Arabic language and Islamic civilization, even groundbreaking scholars excelled in variousarts and knowledge, as it was to this town. Bright pages in Crusader invasion resistance, and several Mughal, which of the island - Jazira, Mesopotamia and the Levant, was her heroic positions rebounds invading forces, they defended Baghdad against the invaders, a city which stood in the Mongols for nearly two years, and record her grandest epics Heroics, making the Mongols realize the importance of Mardin and control means for them to dominate all island cities - Jazira, Mesopotamia, and then the cities of the Levant because it is a gateway to enter the country.He was alaratkh for the kings who ruled a distinct physical movement efforts Mardin in the city, as the children of the city walls and of culture, devastated by wars, as developed markets and schools.It featured a alaratkh Kings attention science and scientists, they built schools and mosques and connectivity, and encouraged scientists and thinkers and presented them to them, and gave them gifts, also experienced remarkable economic development, Mardin, and helped her geographical location on the trade routes that link Iraq to the Levant And Persia, social life in the city, it became clear that its population consists of ethnic groups, religions and different components such as Arabs and Kurds walisidin, Christians, Jews, and other minorities, live in peace and harmony, Muslims form the majority of the city's inhabitants, customs and traditions That were practiced are somewhat similar in habits and traditions practiced in other cities.

سيرة الامام علي (عليه السلام) : دراسة تاريخية في ضوء روايات كتاب المناقب للخوارزمي الحنفي (ت568ه/1172م) == The Biography of the Imam in a historical study according ti t “Khwarizm s” of the novels of the book Almnajib i

اسم المؤلف: علاء حسين خليف الجبوري
اسم المشرف: عبد الستار نصيف جاسم العامري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: لقد اولى اغلب المصنفين في مصنفاتهم على اختلاف توجهاتهم ومشاربهم ذكر الامام علي() ومناقبه وفضائله وكل ما يتعلق بامير المؤمنين() في كل الجوانب ومن ضمن هؤلاء المصنفين هو الموفق الخوارزمي في كتابه المناقب الذي يتضمن مناقب وفضائل الامام علي() من مختلف الجوانب , فكانت دراستنا هي ( سيرة الامام علي() دراسة تاريخيه في ضوء روايات كتاب المناقب للخوارزمي الحنفي تـ 568ه/1172م) . ولقد اقتضت طبيعة البحث الى تقسيمة الى ثلاث فصول , تضمن الاول منها الحياة الاجتماعية والعلمية لمؤلف كتاب المناقب وهو الموفق الخوارزمي وموارده ومنهجية في هذا الكتاب .اما الفصل الثاني فقد تضمن الاحوال الاجتماعية والعلمية للامام علي() وكان في مبحثين , المبحث الاول في الاحوال الاجتماعية لامير المؤمنين() , والمبحث الثاني فتضمن الاحوال العلمية لامير المؤمنين() .الفصل الثالث فكانت دراستنا علاقة الامام علي() بالرسول(( ودروره السياسي , وايضا تكون من مبحثين حمل الاول منها عنوان علاقة الامام علي() بالرسول(( , واما الثاني فكان بعنوان دور الامام علي() السياسي العسكري . لقد اتضح لنا من خلال هذه الرسالة ان الموفق الخوارزمي على الرغم من انه كتب في مناقب الامام علي() الا انه كان غير منصف في عديد من الروايات التي حاول من خلالها اعطاء صورة مشوهه عن امير المؤمنين() وبذلك كان ينتهج النهج الاموي والعباسي الرامي الى طمس الحقائق ومحاولة عدم اظهار وكتابة كل مناقب الامام علي() وال البيت (عليهم السلام) .وتبين لنا ان الموفق الخوارزمي حاول اعطاء مناقب لاشخاص وهذه المناقب محرفه وغير موجودة فيهم في محاولة منه لمقارنتهم مع الامام علي() او محاولة ايصالهم الى درجة امير المؤمنين() .اثبتنا من خلال دراستنا هذه وجود بعض الروايات المحرفة والمزيفة في كتاب المناقب وبالدليل العلمي اما من خلال رجال السند او من خلال نص الرواية ومقارنتها مع روايات اخرى في نفس الموضوع تثبت بطلانها . | Most paid classified in their works on different attitudes and walks of Imam Ali male and his virtues and qualities and everything related to the faithful in all these aspects is classified as a conciliator algorithm in his qualities and virtues which contains the qualities of Imam Ali from various aspects, it was Our study is (biography of Imam Ali in light of stories book qualities of Al - Khwarizmi t 568e/1172 m).Nature has necessitated the search to divide it into three chapters, the first of which included social and scientific life of the author of the qualities which the conciliator algorithm and resources and methodology in this book .Chapter II the social and scientific status of Imam Ali and was in two sections, the first section in the social conditions of the faithful , and the second section ensures the scientific status of the faithful .Chapter three was our relationship forward on the Prophet political wedrorh , and also be the first load of two sections address of Imam Ali relationship the Prophet , and the second was in the title role of Imam Ali political .I have found through this letter to the conciliator algorithm, though he wrote in tribute to Imam Ali except that it was unfair in many novels which attempted to give a distorted image of the faithful thus the Umayyad and Abbasid approach adopts to blur facts and try not to show and Write all the qualities of Imam Ali and the House pbut . We show that the conciliator algorithm try giving tribute to people and these qualities are not misrepresented in an attempt to compare them with Imam Ali or try to take them to the faithful .Proven through this study and having some distorted and false narratives in the book of qualities and scientific evidence either through Sindh officers or through the text of the novel and compare it with the other novels in the same subject proved futile

تشانغ كاي شيك ودوره السياسي في الصين حتى عام 1949م == Chinang Kai - Shek and His political Role in China Antle 1949

اسم المؤلف: محمد محسن بديوي الكلابي
اسم المشرف: صلاح خلف مشاي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: اقترنت عظمة الصين في التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر باسماء ساستها الكبار فبعد ان تمكن سن يات سن من تاسيس النظام الجمهوري في الصين 1911 , قدر لتشانغ كاي شيك ان يتجاوز العثرات التي مر بها ذلك البلد بعد الحرب العالمية الاولى, لاسيما بعد ظهور امراء الحرب على المسرح السياسي الصيني واقتطاعهم اجزاء واسعة من شمال الصين ليؤدي دورا بارزا في توحيد الصين عام 1928, على الرغم من المعارضة الكبيرة التي تعرض لها من قبل الماكنة الاعلامية للحزب الشيوعي الصيني. ان تجاذب القوى الدولية على الصين في النصف الاول من القرن العشرين واظهار دور تشانغ كاي شيك على المسرح السياسي الداخلي والخارجي كان السبب المباشر وراء دراسة تلك الشخصية اذ توخيت منه الاجابة على بواعث حقد تشانغ وكرهه للشيوعيين , واشتطاطه في محاولات لم شتات الصين فضلا عن مهادنة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية على امل استثمار دعمها لتبديد خصومه في الداخل والخارج , فيما كان افتقار المكتبة العراقية لدراسات تخصصية في هذا المجال حافزا مضافا اخرا لانجاز رسالتي مستوفيا للمعاير الاكاديمية الرصينة. هدفت الرسالة الى التعرف على هذه الشخصية ودراستها ومعرفة اثرها في تاريخ الصين كما انها عالجت حقبة تاريخية مفصلية في تاريخ ذلك البلد, كانت حافلة بالاحداث الداخلية والخارجية تمثلت بالحملة الشمالية والصراع مع الشيوعيون فضلا عن الحرب الصينية اليابانية والحرب الاهلية. لقد طرح الباحث مجموعة من التساؤلات محاولا الاجابة عنها من خلال هذه الدارسة ابرزها : 1. ماهو دور تشانغ كاي شيك في حزب الكومينتانغ .2. هل كانت سياسة تشانغ كاي شيك ناجحة .3. لماذا اتهم تشانغ كاي شيك بالدكتاتورية .4. هل استطاع تشانغ كاي شيك ان يقف بوجه المد الشيوعي؟ ولماذا ؟5. هل استطاع تشانغ كاي شيك ان يوحد الصين.6. هل نجح تشانغ كاي شيك من اشراك الصين في المحافل الدولية وجعلها قطبا من اقطاب الدول الكبرى. | The Study of the History of Countries can not be completed without going through the study of the personalities that it has made and has been a central and central part of it, especially those whose influence has become local and regional and has become part of international History. The tracing of international characters is not only about History but also of a clear picture of the policy adopted by that country during a certain Historical period. Hence, the greatness of China in Modern and Contemporary History was accompanied by The names of its great politicians. After Sun Yat Sen established the republican system in China 1911, Zhang Kai - shek was estimated to go beyond the pitfalls of China after the First World War, especially after the advent of warlords on the Chinese political scene and their capture of large parts of northern China to play a prominent role in the unification of China in 1928, despite the great opposition to it By a Media machine of the Chinese Communist Party.The attraction of international powers to China in the first half of the 20th century and the portrayal of Chiang Kai - shek on China's domestic and foreign political scene was the direct cause behind the study of this character. He was expected to respond to the motives of Chang's hatred and hatred of the Communists and his dabbling in attempts to partition China as well as appeasement. The United States of America in the hope of investing its support to dissipate its opponents at home and abroad, while the lack of the Iraqi Library for specialized studies in this area added incentive to accomplish the completion of my mission in accordance with strict academic standards.The letter aimed to identify this character and study its impact on the history of China. It also dealt with a pivotal historical period in the history of that country. It was full of internal and external events. It was the northern campaign and the conflict with the Communists as well as the Sino - Japanese war and the civil war.Chiang Kai - shek was not a minor figure in China's history. If there was no mention of a history in that country from 1921 to 1949, Chiang Kai - shek was a part of it, and many of the events he had created himself. He was also a regional and international controversy both in his relations with The United States or in its response to communists

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية تجاه كوريا الجنوبية (1961 - 1974) == Policy of the United States of America toward South Korea (1961 - 1974)

اسم المؤلف: طارق مهدي عباس الجبوري
اسم المشرف: فؤاد طارق كاظم العميدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Study of the Foreign Policy of the United States of America is a vital and vital studies in the field of modern and Contemporary history as a Policy of divergent and fixed priorities, and the other variable and the importance of this study being linked to one of the most prominent pillars of national security in the North East Asia and the Pacific, Which represents the greatest threat to the safety of the United States of America in the Korean Peninsula, as the Most dangerous Nuclear Weapons Can still explode at any time, in addition to what contributed to the US Policy to find a State of Modernity and development in the Spring Political, Economic and Military generated in the Southern Part of the Korean Peninsula and transforming society from a society of poverty and Underdevelopment to innovation and community regeneration.can be described as poor for such important studies that combine the American orientations with the South Korean developments, Therefore, one of the reasons that led the researcher to choose is placed in the US - South Korean affairs. In addition, the post - Korean period is the beginning of the emergence of the modern South Korean state. It represents a pivotal stage for the beginning of the new history of the US - South Korean alliance, its role in building the South Korean people and its Contemporary historical development. It was in this sense that the subject of the study was chosen under the title "The United States Policy Towards South Korea (1961 - 1974)." John Kennedy first assumed the presidency of the US Administration, accompanied by internal transformations in South Korea and the coming of Park Chung. The end of the administration of Richard Nixon, and what has seen the reign of his administration of the effects of South Korean reality. The thesis consisted of introduction, introduction, three Chapters, a conclusion and a list of sources and references : The preamble entitled "The US Policy Towards South Korea1953 - 1960" included three aspects : The Political aspect concerns Washington's Policy toward South Korea, its Political issues, Diplomacy from the end of the war and its Military operations, with the signing of the truce on July 27, 1953 to 1960, the internal Political change in South Korea following the student revolution, the removal of the Sangman Re regime and the advent of the interim government Led by Chang Miyun. The Second aspect dealt with the role of the United States in rebuilding the economy and infrastructure of South Korea during the years 1953 - 1960.The Third aspect was the activation of the role of the United States Military Forces in South Korea and their use in civil and Economic activities, as well as in the development and assistance of South Korean Military forces during this period. The first chapter dealt with the Policy of the administration of John F. Kennedy towards South Korea 1961 - 1963, divided into five sections : The First part is the John F. Kennedy administration's policy on the internal political developments in South Korea, 1961 - 1962, following the Military Coup and the nature of the US position and Policy. The Second Part discusses John F. Kennedy's Administration's Policy towards the democratic transition in South Korea after Washington's Conditional acceptance of the South Korean Military Council on November 14, 1962, 1963, and the transformation of South Korea into a democratic approach. The Third topic addresses the efforts of the John F. Kennedy administration to normalize bilateral relations between South Korea and Japan, 1961 - 1963. The Economic dimension in the fourth topic, under the title : The role of the United States of America in guiding and developing the South Korean economy from 1961 to 1963, as the main factor in saving South Korea economically. The fifth topic dealt with the Military dimension of policy, John Kennedy, entitled : The Policy of John Kennedy's Military administration towards South Korea 1961 - 1963. Which was characterized by weakness and did not rise to advanced situations between the two countries in this area that the political factor is still in the process of maturation. The second chapter is entitled : Strategic Options for US Policy on South Korea during the Lyndon Johnson Administration 1963 - 1969. The First topic is the administration of President Lyndon Johnson and its success in the normalization of the South Korean relations of Japan 1964 - 1969, which constituted a major and strategic demand for Washington at this stage. The second topic : South Korea and the US strategy in Asia 1963 - 1969. And discussed two important points : First, the South Korean move towards the regional states in Asia and the American position from 1963 to 1969. This was a success for South Korean diplomacy and with the blessing and support of Washington, which led to the convening of the Asian Regional Council's conferences to support the American orientations.II. The nature of US policy towards South Korea in the wake of Pyongyang's provocations, 1966 - 1969.And discussed the third topic : the impact of the economic policy of the United States of America in the development and construction of the South Korean economy during the administration of President Lyndon Johnson 1963 - 1969, where it witnessed the most delicate stages of laying the foundations of the modern economy and renewed South Korea, as well as the best US in providing Economic Assistance and consultation Miscellaneous. He discussed the Fourth Section_ Lyndon Johnson's Military Policy Toward South Korea 1963 - 1969 : First, Lyndon Johnson's policy on the issue of reducing and regulating the status of US military forces in South Korea 1964 - 1969. Second, the alliance between the United States and South Korea in the Vietnam War 1964 - 1969. These aspects have been key factors in increasing the momentum of harmony, understanding and cooperation between Washington and Seoul and opening new horizons for their alliance in the region. The fourth chapter examines Richard Nixon's policy toward South Korea, 1969 - 1974. Three investigations included : The first part was devoted to the study of the Nixon administration's policy on Pyongyang's provocations against South Korea (1969 - 1974), which showed US adherence to the option of escalating Positions with North Korea and pushing all forces toward appeasement and containment of crises. While the second topic discussed the political impact of the Nixon Doctrine on South Korea, 1969 - 1974, which affected several internal and external political aspects, which constituted a real Challenge to the US - South Korean Relations, led to cracks that almost died in harmony between the two sides, South Korean Political reality. The third topic : Nixon's Economic Policy towards South Korea, 1969 - 1974, also set up in some of its stations a climate of mistrust and divergence of views, but remained where the US funds are the biggest hand in supporting the South Korean Economy. The last topic is : The Military Impact of the Nixon Doctrine on South Korea, 1969 - 1974. Where the military transformation of the large and reduce the presence of US forces in South Korea and the resulting Military implications for the Modernization of the military capabilities of the South Korean forces, in addition to government intersections between the executive and legislative US and the impact of its results on Seoul's acquisition of military modernization required, as well as the Korean disengagement South of the Vietnam War following the cessation of Military escalation and acceptance of the truce and foreign withdrawal.

سياسة انكلترا الخارجية 1307 - 1272 == England Foreign Policy 1272 - 1307

اسم المؤلف: محمد عبد الرضا موسى
اسم المشرف: كريم مطر حمزة الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد الدراسات في العصر الوسيط الاوربي من الدراسات التاريخية المهمة, اذ لم يسلط عليها الضوء بشكل كاف والغور في احداث ذلك العصر واشباعه بحثا وتحليلا. ولا شك ان لدراسة تاريخ انكلترا في العصور الوسطى اهمية بالغة نظرا لمكانة تلك المملكة في اوروبا والعالم في العصر الوسيط وما الت اليه تلك المملكة بعد ذلك, فهذه المدة التاريخية التي تناولناها في هذه الاطروحة (1272 - 1307) كانت بداية جادة لتوحيد الجزر البريطانية بقيادة انكلترا تحت مظلة مملكة واحدة موحدة فقد تمكنت انكلترا من السيطرة على ويلز بالقوة والحال نفسه ينطبق على اسكتلندا على الرغم من الصعوبات والتقلبات الي شهدتها السيطرة الانكليزية هناك, فضلا عن تبعية ايرلندا لانكلترا. ومن جانب اخر عد الملك ادوارد الاول الذي حكم انكلترا ابان تلك المدة من ابرز ملوك انكلترا في العصر الوسيط ان لم يكن ابرزهم على الاطلاق, كما تميز عهده الذي امتد طيلة خمسة وثلاثين سنة بوافر من الاحداث ولاسيما على المستوى الخارجي بدءا من الجزر البريطانية ومرورا بممالك اوروبا وصولا الى الشرق الاسلامي. ولعل ذلك من جملة ما دفعنا وحفزنا على البحث والكتابة في هذا الموضوع بعد توكلنا على الله تعالى لاختيار موضوع الاطروحة والموسوم ( سياسة انكلترا الخارجية 1272 - 1307). وقد تضمنت الاطروحة اربعة فصول مسبوقة بمقدمة وتحليل لما ورد في المصادر وتعقبها استنتاجات وملاحق وقائمة بالمصادر, وقد بحثنا في الفصل الاول دور الامير ادوارد في ظل حكم ابيه الملك هنري الثالث لانكلترا (1239 - 1272) اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناول السياسة الصليبية لانكلترا ودورها في حل النزاع الاوربي حول صقلية, وشرعنا في الفصل الثالث لتتبع النزاع والحرب ما بين انكلترا وفرنسا خلال المدة (1293 - 1303) وكان محورها دوقية جاسكوني ومحاولة المملكتين السيطرة عليها, وجاء الفصل الرابع ليوضح سياسة انكلترا تجاه اسكتلندا (1286 - 1307). شهدت انكلترا خلال النصف الثاني من القرن الثالث عشر وبداية القرن الرابع عشر الميلاديين جملة من الاحداث المهمة على الصعيد الخارجي, تمثلت في تطورات ملحوظة في مختلف جوانب الحياة السياسية والاجتماعية والاقتصادية, انعكست على مؤسسات المملكة على كافة الصعد التشريعية والتنفيذية والقضائية والعسكرية, اذ كانت السياسة الخارجية لانكلترا في ذروتها على الرغم ان اغلبها اتسمت بطابع الحروب والقوة والتوسع. ولا شك ان الحروب الكثيرة التي قامت بها انكلترا قد جعلت خزينة المملكة خاوية ومدينة في اغلب الاحيان, وبالتالي فان تكلفة تلك الحروب وقيامها تقع في معظمها على كاهل المواطنين الانكليز عبر فرض الضرائب او جنودا للقتال في تلك المعارك, وبالرغم من ذلك كان هناك قبولا ولو على مضض وهم يرون ان مملكتهم تتوسع رقعتها وتزداد هيبتها, فضلا عن رغبتهم بالحصول على الغنائم ان استطاعوا ذلك وهذا ما ينطبق ومنطق العصور الوسطى. سعى الملك ادوارد الاول في تكوين امبراطورية كان يتوق اليها عبر توحيد الجزر البريطانية تحت سلطة التاج الانكليزي فضلا عن سعي انكلترا للاحتفاظ باخر ممتلكاتها القارية وهي جاسكوني ونجحت في ذلك الى حد كبير, الا ان ذلك جاء نتيجة حروب وقتال راح ضحيتها الالاف من سكان تلك الجزر, وبذلك يمكن القول ان فكرة توحيد تلك الجزر ترسخت اكثر خلال عهده. | During the second half of the thirteenth century and the beginning of the fourteenth century, England witnessed a number of important events on the external level. These were notable developments in various aspects of political, social and economic life, which were reflected in the Kingdom's institutions at all levels of legislative, executive, judicial and military. Of England at its peak, although most of them were characterized by the nature of wars, force and expansion. In the first chapter we discussed the role of Prince Edward under the reign of his father King Henry III of England (1239 - 1272). The second chapter dealt with the crusader policy of England and its role in solving The first was to trace the crusade of England from 1274 to 1291, and the attempts of King Edward I of England, to A crusade to the Middle Islamic and contacts Papacy other foreign powers to do that campaign, and the third section the role of England and its king Edward the first in resolving the European dispute over the Kingdom of Sicily for the period between the year (1284 - 1289). In chapter 3 we began to trace the dispute and the war between England and France during the period (1303 - 1303), centered on the Duchy of Gaskone and the attempt of the two kingdoms to control it. Chapter IV explains England's policy towards Scotland (1286 - 1307). From the above, we can deduce a number of points : - The Character of King Edward I was refined in a good framework and gradually with the stages of progress of his life, the responsibilities entrusted to him at an early age and his participation in the formulation of political events in England as well as personal involvement in battles The parliamentary institution under the reign of King Edward I witnessed a remarkable development by representing large sections of the English people, especially the Model Parliament in 1295, although the king's main purpose was to obtain funds by authorizing the Parliament to impose taxes. That On the other hand put another brick in the evolution of the legislative institution in England to be representative of all strata. King Edward I worked hard to carry out a crusade that would be reprisal and personal consideration after the failure of his campaign with the King of France Louis IX in 1270 - 1272. England and the other European kingdoms had the lead in it, but it did not succeed where the conditions and preparations were not appropriate. The Englishman comes first regardless of his strong desire to carry out this campaign. He can not risk his rule in England for the Crusaders in the East unless he is sure that this does not pose a threat to his rule. Proof of this is his confiscation of money and Crusader infidelity, She desperately needs to meet his expenses Internal or external wars. The Duchy of Gascone was the compass of Anglo - French relations, which was dominated by tension and attraction, especially with the ambition of French King Philip IV to annex the Duchy to his property and expand his influence at the expense of the King of England, which he was able to control already for nearly a decade, but King Edward was able to retrieve With great difficulty after losing a fatal mistake, to maintain at least the last part of English property in France King Edward I sought to form an Empire he longed for by unifying the British islands under the authority of the English Crown. He succeeded in doing so to a great extent, but this was the result of wars and fighting using iron and fire, which claimed the lives of thousands of inhabitants. The islands became more established during his reig.

حزب التجمع الوطني للاحرار ودوره السياسي في المغرب 1977 - 1997 == National Rally of Freedoms Party and its political role in Morocco 1977 - 1997

اسم المؤلف: شهد محمد هادي جاسم
اسم المشرف: نعيم جاسم محمد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: ان تاريخ المغرب هو احد الموضوعات التي تستحق الدراسة التاريخية لندرة الدراسات الاكاديمية التي تتناول المجالات السياسية والاقتصادية والاجتماعية لتاريخ هذا البلد. المغرب هو البلد العربي الوحيد الذي حافظ على وجوده وسيادته طوال تاريخه الطويل. لم يتعرض لاي احتلال اجنبي ، كل اجزاء العالم العربي ، باستثناء فترة الحماية الفرنسية والاسبانية ، التي استمرت 44 سنة للفترة (1912 - 1956) ، حيث شكل الاستقلال بداية السياسة عمل الاحزاب في الواقع العملي في المغرب المعاصر ، والاحزاب السياسية في المقاومة ضد الحماية الفرنسية ، وفي حشد الجماهير لتحقيق اهدافها في الحرية والاستقلال والتقدم. لعبت الاحزاب المغربية دورا في تحقيق التنمية السياسية من خلال المشاركة السياسية في الانتخابات التشريعية ودورها في التحول الديمقراطي من خلال المذكرات المقدمة الى المؤسسة الملكية ، والتي تضمنت المطالبة باصلاحات دستورية وسياسية واقتصادية للبلاد. الهدف من هذه الدراسة هو دراسة الجذور التاريخية للتجمع الوطني للاحرار (NRA) منذ عام 1977 حتى عام 1997. اسسها المستقلون الاحرار الذين شاركوا في الانتخابات البلدية والريفية عام 1976 والانتخابات التشريعية لعام 1977. تم انتخابهم بالاغلبية وتجمعوا تحت جناح احمد عصمان ، الذي كان له دور كبير في قيادة الحزب طوال تلك الفترة. تعتبر اهمية دراسة تاريخ حزب التجمع الوطني للاحرار احد اكثر الاحزاب اثارة للجدل في الساحة السياسية المغربية لانه منذ مؤتمره الاول عام 1978 تم اعتباره حزبا مركزيا، لكن الاحزاب المعارضة وانطلاقا من مواقفه المؤيدة للملك يعدونه من الاحزاب الملكية ، فضلا عن الادوار التي قام بها التي اثبتت انحيازه للحكم الملكي في المغرب اعتمدت الدراسة على المنهج الوصفي التحليلي لبيان اهم التطورات التي شهدها المغرب ودور حزب التجمع الوطني للاحرار فيها للمدة 1977 - 1997 . في ضوء منهجية البحث ، تنقسم الرسالة الى اربعة فصول ومقدمة. يتناول الفصل الاول ( لمحة تاريخية عن الاوضاع السياسية في المغرب حتى عام 1977) ، وتحدث الفصل الثاني عن ( تاسيس حزب التجمع الوطني للاحرار ودوره السياسي في المغرب 1977 - 1983 ) وقد احتوى على اربعة مباحث ، اما الفصل الثالث فدرس ( دور الحزب في الحياة السياسية في المغرب 1984 - 1991) ، وسلط الفصل الرابع الضوء على ( موقف الحزب من تجربة التحول الديمقراطي في المغرب 1992 - 1997) . | The history of Morocco is one of the topics that deserve the historical study of the scarcity of academic studies that dealt with the political, economic and social fields of the history of this country. Morocco is the only Arab country that has maintained its existence and sovereignty throughout its long history. It has not been subjected to any foreign occupation, All the parts of the Arab world, except for the period of protection of French and Spanish, which lasted 44 years for the period (1912 - 1956), as independence formed the beginning of the political action of the parties in practice in contemporary Morocco, And political parties in the resistance against French protection, and in mobilizing the masses to achieve their goals of freedom, independence and progress. The Moroccan parties played a role in achieving political development through political participation in the legislative elections and their role in democratic transformation through the memoirs submitted to the Royal Institution, which included demanding constitutional, political and economic reforms of the country.The aim of the study is to study the historical roots of the National Rally of Independents (NRA) since 1977 to 1997. It was founded by the Free Independents who participated in the municipal and rural elections in 1976 and the 1977 legislative elections. They were elected by majority and gathered under the wing of Ahmad Asman, Hassan II, who had a major role in leading the party throughout that period. The importance of studying the history of the National Rally of Independents Party is considered to be one of the most controversial parties in the Moroccan political arena because since its first conference in 1978 it has been counted as a center party. However, the opposition parties and their pro - king positions are considered by the royal parties as well as the roles played by Which proved his bias towards ownership. The study was based on the historical approach as well as the analytical descriptive method to show the most important developments in Morocco and the role of the National Rally for Independents Party (1997 - 1997. ( In the light of the methodology of the research, the thesis is divided into four chapters and an introduction. The first chapter deals with the establishment of the National Rally of Independents and the political cycle in Morocco until 1983. Chapter III (The Role of the Party in the Political Life in Morocco, 1983 - 1990), Chapter Four (The Party's Position on the Experience of Democratic Transformation in Morocco 1992 - 1997).

الرحلة العلمية من مدينة نيسابور الى العراق في المختصر من كتاب السياق لعبد الغافر الفارسي (ت529هـ / 1134م) == The scientific journey from the city of Nishapur to Iraq In the acronym of the context book Abd al - Ghafir al - Farsi. (v. 529 AH / 1134 AD)

اسم المؤلف: احمد عبيد كاظم الشمري
اسم المشرف: يوسف كاظم جغيل الشمري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: نيسابور حضارة اسلامية خرج منها علماء كبار في مختلف العلوم الاسلامية عرج عليهم عبد الغافر الفارسي ، وقد شجع على الرحلة انها كانت يسيرة لطلب العلم وكانت من اهم مزايا الحياة العامة في العالم الاسلامي كافة, بما فيها مدينة نيسابور فهي تعد مطلبا رئيسا من اجل استكمال المعرفة في العديد من المعارف والعلوم والثقافات التي اصبح لها دور مهم في تقوية الصلات الفكرية والثقافية بين ارجاء العالم الاسلامي مشرقه ومغربه, وعملت على ابراز وحدة اقاليم الدولة الاسلامية, وقد ساعد الاهتمام بالرحلة طلبا للعلم على اثراء الحياة الفكرية ولقد كان لانعدام الحواجز والعوائق بين البلدانمن خلال ما تقدم من صفحات البحث وجدنا ان الرحلة العلمية قد تعرف عليها العرب منذ اقدم العصور ومارسوها بانواعها المختلفة لكنها نشطت بعد الاسلام لتشكل ضرورة من ضرورات الحياة بهدف البحث واكتشاف الحديث النبوي الشريف وتحصيل العلوم الاخرى وما كانت الرحلة من خراسان الى بغداد او من بغداد الى بقية الامصار الاسلامية الا من اجل ذلك كما ورد في كتاب المختصر من كتاب السياق في تاريخ نيسابور لمؤلفه عبد الغافر الفارسي والذي اوردنا تفصيلات هذا الكتاب وما يحيط بالرحلات العلمية من نيسابور الى بغداد ومن بغداد الى نيسابور . | Nisapur is an Islamic metropolis from which senior scholars of various Islamic sciences came out, They were encouraged by Abdul Ghafer Al Farsi. The journey encouraged it to be easy to ask for knowledge and was one of the most important features of public life in the Islamic world, including the city of Nishapur. Of knowledge, sciences and cultures, which have played an important role in strengthening the intellectual and cultural ties between the postponement of the Islamic world and its enlightenment, It has worked to highlight the unity of the regions of the Islamic State, The interest in the trip has helped to inform the enrichment of intellectual life, document between countriesThrough the above search pages we found that the scientific trip has been known to the Arabs since ancient times and practiced different types, but active after Islam to form a necessity of life to search and discover the Prophet's Hadith and the collection of other sciences and the journey from Khorasan to Baghdad or Baghdad to The rest of the Islamic point of view except for that as stated in the book of the short of the context book in the history of Neshapur by the writer Abdul Ghafer Persian, which we have detailed the details of this book and the surrounding scientific trips from Nishapur to Baghdad and Baghdad to Nishapur

الدولة البيزنطية : دراسة تاريخية في ضوء كتاب التاريخ السري لبروكوبيوس (500 - 565م) == The Byzantine State A HistoricaI Study in the Light of the Secret Book of the Procopius History ( 500_565 AD

اسم المؤلف: فرح عباس عياد كاظم
اسم المشرف: اسامة كاظم عمران الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد الدولة البيزنطية التي تاسست في النصف الاول من القرن الرابع الميلادي ، واستمرارها في النصف الثاني من القرن الخامس عشر الميلادي ، امتدادا تاريخيا لاحد عشر قرنا , وكانت وريثة الامبراطورية الرومانية , وتعد فترة الامبراطور جوستنيان (Justinian) هي فترة تاريخية مهمة مشحونة بالاحداث والتطورات الداخلية والخارجية ، ونظرا لتاريخ الدولة البيزنطية , ونلاحظ اهتمام المؤرخين في ذكر الجانب السياسي والعسكري والعمراني تاركين وراءهم فجوة تاريخية لمعالجة الجانب الشخصي لحياة الامبراطور جوستنيان وزوجته ثيودورا (Theodora) وحاشية قصر الامبراطور التي كان لها اثر مهم في رسم الخارطة السياسية للدولة انذاك . لذا سنحاول دراسة المجال الشخصي او الامور السرية التي حدثت في بلاط الامبراطور بالاعتماد على مصدر كلاسيكي معاصر لاحداث القرن السادس الميلادي الا وهو بروكوبيوس (Procopius) فهو يعد المؤرخ الاول لعهد الامبراطور جوستنيان (527 - 565م) وكذلك المؤرخ العظيم لاعمال القائد العسكري بليساريوس(Belisarius) ومستشاره ، وبالنظر الى قرب بروكوبيوس للامبراطور والقائد بليساريوس كتب بروكوبيوس كتابا بحق هذين الاثنين وبحياتهم الشخصية وهو التاريخ السري (The Secret History) . كان كتاب التاريخ السري لمؤلفة بروكوبيوس عينة انطلقنا من خلالها لفهم مجريات التاريخ البيزنطي بوصفه شاهد عيان للاحداث ومعاصرا مع الامبراطور جوستنيان وملامسا لابرز شخوص امبراطورتيه, وعليه اتسمت كتاباته بانها مدونه بموجب مشاهداته الواقعية التي لا يمكن القول باطلاق انها كانت جميعها موضوعية ودقيقة الا انها محققة لتكوين صورة عن ماهية الواقع البيزنطي لاسيما الداخلي انذاك. بنيت الدراسة الكيفية التي مكنت جوستنيان لارتقائه العرش الامبراطوري بموجب صفات كان لها الاثر البالغ في تدعيم نفوذه وتثبيت دعائم دولته , التي كان لزوجته ثيودورا العامل المهم في توجيه جوستنيان الاداري وحتى العسكري بغض النظر عن انعكاسات هذا السلوك المتاثر بمحيطه الخارجي والمدعوم من زوجته في نكوص الاحداث التاريخية لحكمه الى درجة ان دون بروكوبيوس تلك الجرائم والاخطاء التي ارتكبها مقربو الامبراطور تجاه المؤسسات الادارية او عامة الشعب. | The Establishment of the Byzantine state in the first half of the fourth century AD, and its continuation in the second half of the fifteenth century AD, represented a historical extension of eleven centuries. It was the heir to the Roman Empire, and the Emperor Justinian's period is an important historical period fraught with events and developments. Internal and external, and given the history of the Byzantine state we note the interest of historians to mention their political, military and urban, leaving a gap and historical gap to address the personal side of the lives of Emperor Justinian and his wife Theodora and the foot of the Emperor's palace, which had An important impact in the drawing of the political map of the state at the time. Thus, we will try to study the personal sphere or the secret things that happened in the court of the emperor based on a classic contemporary source of the events of the sixth century AD (Procopius), which is the first historian of the reign of Emperor Justinian (527 - 565 AD), as well as the great historian of the work of the military commander Blessarios and his adviser, Prokopius wrote to Procopius the Emperor and the Commander of the Blessarios. Prokopius wrote a book about these two men and their personal life, the Secret History. This book was the basis of our study entitled "The Byzantine State : Historical Studies in the History of Procopius' Secret History" 500 - 565m). The study devoted attent to the academic scientific research, which is related to classical archeology, which is the most important historical tributaries in historical studies based on temporal theory and its proximity to events. The book of the secret history of Perkopius was a sample from which we began to understand the history of Byzantium as an eyewitness to the events and And his writing was characterized as a code by his realistic observations that can not be said by saying that they were all objective and accurate, but it is achieved to form a picture of what the reality of Byzantium Especially the internal level at the time. The study produced a number of conclusions that can be included in the following points : We did not find a direct and accurate account of the life of the author Berkopius at the social and family level. We have not found any texts that are indicative of his ethnicity, his family origin, and his influence in the intellectual formation, which became evident by the scientific achievement he left to the reader. Of the historical importance of them : The Book of Wars, which falls on eight parts, varied in its fields of study, Byzantium, Persia, Goths and Vandal. The book of buildings important in the diagnosis of the physical facilities left by Justinian of churches, hospitals and others embodied the place presented in Byzantium during the reign of the latter, which represented in this book a contradiction between his book and the other subject of study (secret history), which in its general nature turned and turned in the course Prakobius' pen, as a critic and bitter interpreter of the history of the ruling power, pointing to their shameful deeds and bad history. The study was designed to enable Justinian to elevate the imperial throne by virtue of qualities that had the profound effect of bolstering and consolidating the foundations of his state. His wife, Theodora, was the important factor in guiding Justinian, even military, regardless of the implications of this behavior, In the reversal of the historical events of his rule to such an extent that Percopius did not commit such crimes and errors committed by the emperor's associates towards the administrative institutions or the general public

الحروب الصليبية في ضوء كتاب تاريخ متى الرهاوي : دراسة تاريخية مقارنة == Crusades in mind of Book History Matta AI - Ruhawi Comparative Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: عائد عبد ايوب حميد الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: يوسف كاظم جغيل الشمري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:

الاوضاع الثقافية في لواء البصرة 1921 - 1939 == Cultural conditions in the Basra Brigade (1921 - 1939

اسم المؤلف: وعد علي كاظم العبودي
اسم المشرف: ازهار عبد الرحمن عبد الكريم اللفتة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Since its establishment , the Basra Brigade has enjoyed a high scientific status among the other Iraqi states. This is because of its strategic geographical position. It is the gate of the Arabian Gulf to the north and the only one of Iraq. It is the port of the world's merchant ship. In addition to the clubs and associations that have undertaken to spread the intellectual culture in various fields. Thus , the Basra Brigade witnessed during the period (19) 21 - 1939) a cultural renaissance affected by the events and changes that have taken place in the Iraqi arena in general and visual, especially in the political , economic , social or cultural , and therefore comes the importance of studying the cultural conditions of Basra Brigade of the role played by those situations in finding a qualitative leap in the history of visual society The cultural situation at the beginning of the establishment of the Iraqi state in 1921 represented the emergence of many aspects of social, economic and political life in the history of modern Iraq in general and the brigade of Basra in a new and developed manner. The selection of the subject (for the cultural conditions in the Basra Brigade (1921 - 1939) to be the subject of this study , especially as some academic studies were devoted to study on the Basra Brigade and included political, economic and health conditions , and not to allocate a study on cultural conditions in the Basra Brigade in this period, The study examined this vital aspect of the life of the nations in general. As the culture is composed of several elements , each chapter of this thesis focused on studying one of its elements to explain the gradual evolution and the extent to which each element influenced the increasing cultural awareness of the visual society. Adopted approach Of the topic in the writing of this study and adoption of the historical sequence in which each chapter curriculum to give a clear picture of each side it had a significant impact in enriching the cultural situation in the district of Basra. The period of (1921 - 1939) witnessed the beginning of the national government and its obvious impact on the emergence of intellectual political activities and thus its reflection on the cultural situation in the entire Iraqi state , including the Basra Brigade , because it represented the first actual experience calling for Reform and change on a liberal basis , giving the people a measure of political participation , and demanding parliamentary and legislative life, while the stand came in 1939, as a result of coinciding with political events that represent the first event of the death of King Ghazi. The other incident is the Second World War , Clear in the Cultural and intellectual YAH then, given what deserves to devote another search on them.The study consisted of a preface , three chapters , a conclusion and an appendix. The preface entitled "Cultural Conditions in the State of Basrah" (1908 - 1921) provided an introduction to the subject of the research. It dealt with the definition of culture as a language and a term and explained how the constitutional coup in 1908 contributed to the crystallization of cultural awareness in Iraq (1914 - 1918) , a period that represented the First World War. The research also followed the most important political and intellectual developments that took place in the Iraqi arena during the years 1918 - 1921).The first chapter sheds light on the educational policy in the Basra Brigade , from the arrival of King Faisal I in 1921 to the outbreak of the Second World War in 1939. The chapter dealt with three topics. (1932 - 1939). The third topic of the chapter included the study of the impact of education on the emergence of cultural activities , especially the activities and the Scouts , sports and technical and political.The second chapter deals with aspects of culture , the press aspect of the Basra Brigade, titled "Newspapers and Visual Magazines during 1921 - 1939" and its cultural impact on the renaissance of the visual society.During the period (1921 - 1930) , and studied the second subject after the introduction of a simple introduction to the impact of political developents in Iraq and its reflection on the visual newspapers during the period (1930 - 1933) , which followed the study of the continued harassment of the government in the issuance of laws unfair to the press , After the entry of Iraq to the League of Nations , as well as reviewed the subject The third most prominent political newspapers that appeared in the banner of Basra and what are the most important cultural roles undertaken by the social and economic, especially , in addition to the political dimensions that were intended to.The first chapter focused on the role of the religious trend in the dissemination of Islamic thought , while the second section continued the development of Marxist thought and the emergence of the Communist Party And the idea that he put forward in the Iraqi arena in general and the brigade of Basra in particular , and the emergence of organizations that infiltrated the ranks of workers in the port. The third topic dealt with the growing national awareness in the Iraqi arena , which occupied a large space in the visual society during the early thirties influenced by the growth of national consciousness in the Gulf region , as a result of the internal and external factors that contributed to this , and the emergence of national organizations in the Basra Brigade, which carried with them national ideas worked to publish through various means. The fourth topic , which brought the title of the literary movement and its cultural impact in the brigade , And the impact on the cultural situation in the renaissance of the visual society , as well as the most prominent pioneers of the literary movement at the Iraqi and Arab levels and how their literary output affected the raising of the culturallevel of the Iraqi society in general and the visual in particular.

هاشم البحراني منهجه وموارده في كتابه حلية الابرار محمد اله الاطهار == Mr. Hashim al - Bahrani and his methodology and resources in his book Ornament of the righteous in the conditions of Muhammad and his family the pure

اسم المؤلف: حسن علي حسين الاسدي
اسم المشرف: فاضل كاظم صادق العبادي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: It has influenced the crystallization of the personality of Mr. Hashim Bahrani two things : First : the reliance on the legacy of religious and scientificcontributed actively to the crystallization of personality and maturity and ability to influence the community, especially as the descendant of the Hashemite Doha, and second : successor to us from the legacy where he left a huge scientific heritage, And the emergence of this figure as a giant in the scientific arena where he witnessed all of his time with science and credit and excellence even considered his work equal, but more than what Sheikh Majlisi, who was using his students at the same time The master was working alone.Most of his writings have been the subject of the Prophet's Hadith, and his reliance on him was essentially the same. He was one of the great scholars who saw the necessity of reviving the Hadith and heritage of the prophet Muhammad and his household and working in it because it stems from the spirit of Islamic and the place of revelation, Glory be to Him.Mr. Hashim is a living example of the Bahrain School, which is a scientific institution that has played a major role in supporting the scientific movement in Bahrain and its neighboring countries of Qatif, Ahsa, Iran, Shiraz and Isfahan.Mr. Bahrani exerted all his abilities and his age for that. He enriched the Islamic library with dozens of books in various religious sciences, which included interpretation, jurisprudence, beliefs, principles, ethics, theology, and men biography. His writings confirm the doctrines of the Imams, such as the infidels and the imamate. Most of them were meant to collect the Hadiths of the prophet Muhammad and his family, to categoriesBthem, to coordinate them, correct them by comparing them with more than one source. On the sources considered by the Islamic communities and its source varied and died some of them do not exist at present.The Book of (Ornament of Righteousness) is the focus of research one of the books written by Mr. Bahrani in the same field of scientific documentation, and has dedicated the Bahrani book to a large part of the life and biography of the Prophet Mohammad and the twelve imams. This included part of their virtues, their knowledge, their general characteristics, their worship, their deeds, actions, words, food, asceticism, clothing, appearance, status and status. God Almighty and what must be the people of obedience and control them, it includes the political, religious and social aspects.Has been reflected in this book great effort that Mr. Al - Bahrani has done through the many sources and resources that he has adopted in writing this book, where we see with many sources the state of diversity that characterized the effort.

موقف ابن خلدون (ت 808ه/1405م) من اهل البيت عليهم السلام واتباعهم : دراسة نقدية تحليلية == The position of Ibn Khaldun (T 808 AH / 1405 AD) of the people of the House peace be upon them and followers (analytical critical study)

اسم المؤلف: عقيل حواس خيون الفرطوسي
اسم المشرف: كاظم عبد نتيش الخفاجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The status of the people of the House and their privacy has become an important area in the context of the Quran and the Sunnah. The Quranic verses and Hadiths have come to remind Muslims of this status and importance and their positive impact on the Islamic Ummah, indicating the nature of the relationship that must connect Muslims to the people of the House by emphasizing the centrality, And above all and they are the extension dimension of the Prophet peace be upon him and God and the Islamic message The study that we are putting in the hands of the reader is an attempt to test and examine the status of the people of the House of peace be upon them and their position in the Khaldun discourse. We have not yet found an independent study that reveals the true Khaldun position of the people of the House peace be upon them and eliminates the ambiguity that surrounded him with the wide fame and far - His speech is moderate towards the people of the House peace be upon them and is deprived of passions and prejudices away from the arbitrary judgments governed by the results of the advance and the extent of his commitment to the conditions he decided for those who write history these questions and others we tried to answer in light of the data provided by the following sources In the critical and analytical approach after reading and deconstructing the Chaldean discourse and using the comparative method to clarify some of the problems. The nature of the article required the division of the study into four chapters preceded by an introduction followed by a conclusion and proven sources and references. The first chapter dealt with the life of Ibn Khaldun and his social successes with a quick study of his age through the political, social, intellectual and economic aspects, and then we dealt with his scientific life through his sheikhs who had a great impact on his personality as well as his cultural output and the dimensions of the personality of the Khaldunia through the psychological and moral dimension Ibn Khaldun in the formulation of his positions of the people of the House peace be upon them. The second chapter was entitled "The personality of Imam Ali (peace be upon him) in the Chaldean discourse. He divided on a number of topics. He began by introducing the people of the House to them as well as his position on the imamate and his impressions of it and the reasons that led to these convictions. Then, the search for his position on the front of Ali peace be upon him where the beginning of the talk of the house and how to blackout Ibn Khaldun on this incident after we mentioned his position on the role of Ali Ali peace be upon him in the battle of one compared to the positions of others, through the talk of status and the extent of its attachment to Imam Ali peace be upon him Ibn Khaldun ignored this talk. The third chapter under the title of Ibn Khaldun and the imams after the forward on the peace of peace and dedicated to several topics, the first of which is his position on the peace of Imam Hassan peace be upon him and his unilateral view of the presentation of the incident of reconciliation. The other topic dealt with the death of Imam Hassan peace be upon him and the reason why Ibn Khaldun denied the involvement of Muawiya in the assassination, General of the revolutions Introduction to know his position on the revolution of Imam Hussein peace be upon him and reflected in it the nature of the confused situation of Ibn Khaldun and the lack of clarity of his vision around it, the latter topic about his position on the issue of Mahdism and the nature of exile and skepticism carried out by Ibn Khaldun. The fourth chapter, entitled Ibn Khaldun among the followers of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) and their opponents (the double standard). This chapter guarantees knowledge of Ibn Khaldun's views on the followers of the people of the house.

الميزانية العامة في مناقشات مجلس النواب العراقي 1933 - 1939 == The General Budget in the Iraqi Council of Representatives 1933 - 1939

اسم المؤلف: حسن غانم عبد ردن الحسناوي
اسم المشرف: عباس حسين مجيسر الجابري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Countries have seen a stage in the race to exploit the resources and possibilities available to them in building a strong and strong economy capable of progress, growth and prosperity. This phase requires a sound financial regulation and a fiscal policy that will have an impact on regulating economies and balancing financial resources. Between expenditure and income of that country.The concept of the budget was closely linked to the formation of the state and was affected by the increase of the state's activity in the economic and social fields. For the state to perform the basic functions, it was necessary to find permanent revenues to cover its expenses. Therefore, the state imposed taxes which represent the main factor on which all revenues are based. Taxation has become a source of attraction and attraction among representatives of the people in the parliamentary systems, including Iraq to know the aspects of disbursement and sources of revenue and work to strike a balance between the distribution of expenses on the doors of the budget of the ministries and departments that are linked to the Ministry, As many of the economic thinkers described the general budget as a reflection of the state's financial policy and the nature of the system in which the legislative authority is in the issuance of all laws, including Finance.The era of the study of research 1933 - 1939 indicates the emergence of a new phase in Iraq's political and economic center internally and externally represented by the presidency of King Ghazi to the throne of Iraq, as well as the erosion of the effects of the global financial crisis in 1933 that hit the world's economy and the economy was not immune to its influence. When the year 1939 marked a turning point in the history of the monarchy of Iraq after the assassination of King Ghazi and the disruption of the Iraqi Council of Representatives on 15 November 1939 for two months, Prince Abdul Ilah then ascended the custody of the throne of Iraq to witness the financial situation of the latter then a stage of distress on A August World War it took a second harbingers ridden economies of major countries, which represented a historic landmark on the international scene, which led to the emergence of new political and economic life in Iraq have their own characteristics.The nature of the scientific material of this subject prompted the researcher to adopt the time course in his study, so the plan of the message was structured on the basis of the financial years to consist of an introduction and four chapters and a set of annexes and a conclusion in which the researcher put the most important conclusions.The first chapter of the letter bears the title of the general budget since the beginning of the parliamentary life in Iraq until 1933, and it is based on two subjects. The first included the concept of the general budget and the methods of preparation and implementation thereof to be subject toBfinancial supervision. Iraq since the beginning of legislative life in Iraq and the healing of the meetings of the first elected Iraqi parliament meeting extraordinary on 16 July 1925 until the end of the reign of King Faisal I on Iraq and the disappearance of the effects of the global financial crisis on the finances of the Iraqi state, Chapter II on the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives for the general budget 1933 - 1935, to include three topics included the first views and suggestions of members of the Iraqi Council on the distribution of expenses on the doors of the general budget, the second section to know the policy on which the House of Representatives to balance the sources The financial revenues of the income of the general budget, which is an essential element in the provision of funds to cover the expenses of the State, and that the emergency cases facing the state to the need to make additions and transfers between chapters of the sections of the budget, The study included the general budget in the light of the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives 1935 - 1937 consisting of three discussions, the first of which touched on the discussions that took place among the members of the House of Representatives on the expenses allocated to the sections of the general budget, while the second section includes the positive effects of financial income in support of the general budget within The framework of the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives, and revealed in the third section on two aspects, the first : reactions of the members of the House of Representatives towards the urban projects of the country, and second : the position of the general budget of these projects, and included Chapter IV position of the Iraqi Council of Representatives of the budget And the third is the role played by the legislative authority represented by the House of Representatives in improving and developing the doors of the financial revenues of the general budget, and the third topic To the great financial attention that the urban projects in Iraq have received with the additions required by some chapters of the general budget.In view of the situation in the political arena in Iraq characterized by instability during the period under study, the Iraqi parliament has given the subject of the general budget an important area of attention because it concerns the state's financial independence and economic stability through the presentation of opinions and proposals that have an important impact in developing and improving the financial return on The basis of adoption of the legal methods required by financial transactions away from political tendencies, which made the researcher depends on a variety of sources benefited a lot about the period under study

السياسة الخارجية السعودية في ظل وزارة الامير سعود الفيصل 1990 - 2003 == Saudi Foreign Policy in The Ministry of Prince Saud Al Faisal (1990 - 2003

اسم المؤلف: مروة شهيد فرج الخزعلي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the foreign policy of any country is of great importance and vitality because it aims to describe, analyze and chart the orientations of the state movement and its political behavior on the external level, in a form that is no longer indispensable, considering that the element of overlap and common interests, conflicts, alliances and dialogue is the essence of international relations between countries, Is fully applicable to the foreign policy of States, which seek political decision - making through the ecruitment of outstanding leaders of their staff, to play an important role in managing relations between States and working towards convergence and common interests.The Saudi Arabian Foreign Policy under the Ministry of Prince Saud Al - Faisal (1990 - 2003) was chosen because of the importance of the Kingdom's position on the regional and international levels, which has always achieved fundamental strategic objectives of greatimportance in the Gulf region And it serves its foreign policy. The duration of the study was set in 1990. It is the beginning of a series of crises that have been taking place in the region, starting with the occupation of Kuwait. This crisis has left its great effects andrepercussions on the global level. It is worth mentioning that the subject of this subject is to be dealt with under the Ministry of Saud al - Faisal to know the tasks carried out by that personality and left a significant impact on the foreign policy of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is the longest serving minister in the world for his portfolio of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs has remained in office for forty years, The reason for determining the end of the study for 2003 is due to the situation in the Middle East, including the Gulf States, from a significant and important event, which is the occupation of Iraq in 2003 and how its occupation affected the region in this variable in the removal of the regime and in turn led to the exclusion of a large regional component about whom Ge Gulf, which is the stability of Iraq, which is an important and influential of all the parties to the region, including Saudi Arabia and the Gulf states. And the need to formulate the structure of the study and in a way that helps to organize and coordinate research, as well as arranged according to this structure in order to reach the desired scientific results, the message was divided into an introduction and four chapters and the conclusion, the first chapter, which was entitled Historical profiles of the course of Saudi foreign policy in Prince Saud al - Faisal assumed the post of Foreign Minister in 1975 to start his trip to the Saudi Foreign Ministry for 40 years. The second topic, entitled "Saudi Foreign Policy Attempts towards the Most Important Issues" (1975 - 1989), and the role of the researcher as required by the study of the study on fouraspects : the success of the Saudi foreign policy in ending the Lebanese civil war (1975 - 1985), the second external Saudi Arabia and the developments of the Palestinian issue, Saudi Arabia's position on the security of the Arabian Gulf; the fourth dealt with the Saudi follow - up to the Iran - Iraq war (1980 - 1988) and the emergence of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) in 1981. While the third topic, titled Saudi Arabia and the Regional States (1975 - 1990) Has a significant impact on the Kingdom Saudi Arabia, Iran, which received great attention in the Saudi foreign policy plans on its positions towards the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia until 1989, as well as Turkey, which was also attended bythe attention of the Saudi Foreign Ministry due to the emergence of regional policy variables and its implications for its relations with Turkey in 1975 - 1989. It was divided into the 1973 oil crisis and its impact on the Turkish orientation towards the Persian Gulfuntil 1979, as well as the Turkish position on the Iranian revolution and its repercussions on the Saudi - Turkish relations, and then on Turkey's position on the 1979 Camp David Agreement and its relations with Israel And the impact on relations with Saudi Arabia.Finally, we explained the Turkish position on the Iraq - Iran war and its impact on the continuation of cooperation between the two countries (1980 - 1988). The fourth section reviewed Saudi foreign policy towards the major superpowers (the United States, theSoviet Union) Of the joint interest in the field of external work, which began with the impact of oil in the Saudi - US rapprochement and how oil laid the foundation in their dealings, and also dealt with the Saudi security aspect and its dealings with the United States in the field of armaments as well as joint cooperation in other areas between the country The second part deals with how the Saudi foreign policy towards the SovietUnion, especially with regard to the confrontation of the Saudi Foreign Ministry with the most important challenges of the Soviet positions such as the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 and the role played by the Kingdom in its participation with the United States in negotiating with the Soviet Union, In their departure from Afghanistan, as a result of the visits and interviews conducted by Prince Saud al - Faisal with Soviet officials.As for the second chapter, the title of the Saudi foreign policy towards the Arab issues related to the Saudi security (1990 - 2003), and its importance and the necessity of the event as the subject of the study starts in 1990 and the major events and crises in the region so it was necessary to divide it into six investigations, The first part of the position of Saudi Arabia from the occupation of Iraq to the State of Kuwait in 1990, and the interest of Saudi Arabia in this case is large as it saw a serious threat to its borders byIraq, where the intervention is a duty and inevitable, and highlighted in the

الاوضاع الاجتماعية في مصر (1848 - 1882) == The social situation in Egypt (1848 - 1882)

اسم المؤلف: رافع جبار راشد الركابي
اسم المشرف: احمد صبري شاكر الخيقاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The observer of the history of Egypt since ancient times observes that Egypt is a country followed by incidents affecting since the dawn of history , did not prejudice the era of its era or a period of time passed by , except in rare incidents described by history, whether from a local or global perspective as accidents Influenced the course of events or historical trends, and see this since the first Pharaonic family until the present time , and the follower of the analyst of these historical events observes their money from the direct impact on the social reality and the behavioral appearance of the Egyptian people , whether negative or positive , and how these historical events had a return The social situation in Egypt (1848 - 1882) is a historical study of the important and vital topics in history because of its historical depth and the results and great future effects that affected the political arena in Egypt later , and this subject is still far from the studies The Iraqi Academy has not received sufficient attention in our universities so far , since it is not possible to understand the political developments with a comprehensive view and know what accompanied these developments of social events , interaction and influence are intertwined and intertwined between what is political and what is social and economic (1848 - 1882) , and in 1848 the beginning of the subject of the message of the social transformations that took place during this period , which was a major change in the history of the social situation in Egypt. The life of the Egyptian society did not witness the inauguration of the first Abbas social developments as witnessed by the era of Mohammed and there has been a decline and deterioration in the institutions of the state, which had a significant impact on the social reality such as education and health , In 1882 , the subject of the research came to an end as a result of the Arab revolution, which had a great impact on social reality. The chapter deals with the most important political unrest during the period (1801 - 1805) , which had a great impact on the social reality , and has emerged During this period , Egyptian leaders played a major role in encouraging and leading the people to face the injustice and oppression of the Ottoman rulers who ruled Egypt during this period. They burdened the Egyptian people with taxes , forced labor and other methods. The chapter dealt with the policy of Muhammad Ali (1805 - 1848) Through the business and the great changes introduced Li social reality , it was a great role in reviving the living standards of the Egyptian society. The second chapter deals with the social transformations (1848 - 1863). The chapter deals with the first policy of Abbas and its impact on the social reality , especially that the policy adopted by this governor differed very much from that of his grandfather Muhammad Ali. He followed a reactionary policy which neglected most of his grandfather's projects and works Which also deteriorated during the period of his rule, but in spite of that reminds him of some works that reflected positively on the Egyptian society. The chapter also discussed social conditions under the era of Said Pasha (1854 - 1863) During the period of his rule and its impact on the social reality, he has b Many reforms in most areas raised the standard of living of Egyptian society , especially reforms in the field of education , army and agriculture. The third chapter continued social transformations during the reign of Ismael Pasha (1863 - 1879) , where he focused on the reality of the social peasantry and the policy of Ismail Pasha towards the peasants and the forced and injustice they suffered during his reign. Ismail's era was considered the worst era of the peasants during the ninth century We also discussed the situation of the army and its developments , especially at the beginning of the rule of Isma'il , who gave great importance to the army. We also referred to the cultural movement during the era of Ismail and the attention he gave to learning and the press , which reflects positively on social reality and played a role in educating Egyptian society. We also ate the dine Social issues that have taken place in the Egyptian society during the era of Ismael Pasha. We also talked about the judicial system and its impact on Egyptian society , either positively or negatively. The chapter also touched on the impact of the financial crisis on the social reality. The fourth chapter devoted to the study of social reality during the financial crisis and the spread of famine and the exposure of the Egyptian society to great injustice by the Ministry of Finance , which imposed measures burdened the Egyptian people with taxes and forced labor and the emergence of the educated class in the political arena and the growing awareness among the Egyptian people , also addressed the role of the Egyptian people revolution Arabism as a social revolution expressed the hopes of the Egyptian people and the injustice and oppression they suffered from foreigners , especially in the army , which had a big role at the time

الارمن في لبنان 1915 - 1975 : دراسة في اوضاعهم الاجتماعية والاقتصادية والسياسية == The Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 Study in their Social, Economic and Political Situations

اسم المؤلف: باسم ريحان مغامس الشميساوي
اسم المشرف: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the history of minorities is a crucial issue because it has a significant impact on the events in the region in which it is located, particularly in Lebanon. This reflects profoundly on the Lebanese identity, which is characterized by ethnic, religious and sectarian diversity. Minorities in Lebanon's sectarian system have found a vital area for their social and political activities, their religious beliefs are much greater, less their counterparts in the region. On the other hand, the presence of large groups of refugees with a particular religious belief in a multi - ethnic country has a direct impact on social conditions Economic and political situation of the host country. The establishment of such refugees may lead to ethnic and religious tensions with local groups opposed to this emergency presence. Therefore, it is important to study the history of the Armenian community in Lebanon in all its aspects and dimensions, an academic study in depth, as it is one of the important communities that left a significant impression on the social, economic and political aspects of Lebanon, despite the recent existence in this country. In a miserable situation that is difficult to describe, they were stripped of everything, suffered the hardships of living in camps that lacked the basic elements of life, and in a country that differed with its inhabitants by customs and traditions, not to mention the language that was a major obstacle to their rapid integration into the new society. However, this minority community was able to preserve its national identity for a short period of time, and to have a great interest in Lebanon on the economic and political level, based on strong social ties. Accordingly, this study titled "Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 study in their social, economic and political situations" is chosen to highlight on the aforementioned issues of Armenian minority in order to revisit their histories and reach a new conclusions. The structure of the thesis is div ided into an introduction and five chapters and a conclusion.The first chapter examines the situation of the Armenians in the Ottoman Empire up to 1915. Three sections are addressed here : the first of which included the Armenian origin, included the geographical location and historical development, while the second Armenian topic was presented during the reign of Sultan Abdul Hamid II and the internationalization of the Armenian question. The third focused on the Armenians during the federal rule until 1915.The second chapter deals with the Armenian migrations to Lebanon from 1915 to 1939, so each migration is considered in a single section of this chapter. The first of which investigates the Armenian presence in Lebanon in 1915. The second section discusses entitled France's relinquishment of its mandate to Cilicia in 1920 and Armenian emigration Of which, while the third reviews the third migration under the title of Armenian immigration from the Alexandretta Brigade in 1939.The third chapter deals with the social and economic situation of the Armenians in Lebanon, and therefore divided into three sections. The first is the settlement of Armenian refugees in Lebanon. The second focuses on the religious establishment and the educational system. The third deals with the economic situation of the Armenians and their role in developing the Lebanese economy.The fourth chapter examines with the political situation of the Armenians in Lebanon during the French mandate of 1925 - 1946. This chapter is divided into two sections, the first one highlights the Armenian political parties in Lebanon, and the second discusses the participation of Armenians in political life under the mandate.The fifth chapter is devoted to examine the political situation of Armenians in Lebanon 1947 - 1975, divided into two sections. The first topic deals with the intensification of the conflict between the Armenian parties and their reflections on their political reality, while the second topic reviews the political development of the Armenians until 1975.In conclusion, the Armenians in Lebanon succeeded remarkably in the social, economic and political levels. They were driven to their unknown fate. Many were killed on the road of displacement. Others died as a result of sickness, hunger, and even those who remained alive were dead when they arrived in the diaspora. In the refugee camps in Lebanon, poverty was accompanied by their huts and tents. They lacked the most basic needs of a proper life. They were ulnerable to disease and epidemics, killing many, especially children, because of malnutrition. Except living in isolation in a different traditions, language, etc., but they were able to develop their social status to form an Armenian society in Lebanon that is in itself strong and cohesive, maintaining their national identity and positively integrated into Lebanese society. This also applies to the economic aspect in which they have become influential. The economic power of the Armenians in Lebanon has become an important political role. It is important that the Lebanese government refused to return to Soviet Armenia when the Soviet Union launched it for the second time in 1962 for fear of upsetting the demographic balance. It is possible to say that all of this would not have been possible without the extraordinary potential of the Armenian people to cling to life and to re - establish themselves as an significant community in Lebanon and to play a large role in social, economic and political aspects.

اسرة الزياني ودورها في تاريخ البحرين حتى نهاية القرن العشرين : دراسة تاريخية == Al - Zayani Family and its Role in the History of Bahrain Until the End of the Twentieth Century (Historical study)

اسم المؤلف: ياسر ماضي كاظم الغانمي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Despite of the number of historical scientific studies that dealt with various issues and issues of the Gulf region, and its various aspects and conditions, the researchers did not give any attention or little attention to the study of one of the important topics is to delve into the history of non - ruling families, And the role of the ruling families, especially in the establishment and formation of these Emirates or countries, has effectively contributed to the strengthening of its status and the height and deepen its existence, something not previously heard by researchers as we thought This is why we chose to study the history of an important family that played a leading role in the formation and establishment of the State of Bahrain. It also contributed to its history and its present time alongside the ruling family. This family was the family of Al - zayani, who took the title of head of our study (Al - zayani family and its role in the history of Bahrain until the end of the twentieth century) historical study. The researcher divided the subject of his study on introduction, preface and three chapters, as well as the conclusion of the subject. The introductory section was divided into two sections that included giving a brief picture of the country in which most of the family members settled, namely Bahrain. The second topic is entitled (An overview of the history of Bahrain from the earliest ages until independence) ) The first chapter deals with (the first historical roots of this family). In view of the difficulty in dealing with all the details and the names of the tribes and their branches from the subdivisions of them, we decided to divide the chapters of the topics according to the vision Historians represented the four stages of history (ancient, intermediate, modern and contemporary) with some overlapping between them. The first section was entitled "The Adnanites and the Sons of Adwan." The Adnanites represent the history of the ancient Al - zayani family, while the sons of Adwan represented the intermediate history of this family. Ml address (the sons of Khalid and Al - zayanih) as the sons of Khalid representing the history of Al - zayani family in the modern era, while contemporary history such as Al - zayanih her. Since the Al - zayani family has been famous for centuries as a business family in the Gulf and India regions, the second chapter of the study was devoted to the most important contributions to the economic renaissance of Bahrain. The study of the most prominent pearl traders from the family, while the second section entitled (Al - zayaniyah between pearl and car dealerships) as the researcher touched on the stage of trade transition passed by the Al - zayani family between the pearl and car trade as the signs of that move began from the beginning of the nest Rinat of the twentieth century, which was interrupted by difficult conditions experienced by the Al - zayani family and suffered from many difficulties until it almost lost its commercial status, but the family quickly grasped its difficult situation and began to revive its business again by opening several shops to sell various materials, but This trade did not last long, as was mentioned the most prominent names of traders from the family in this subject, some of whom experienced the commercial movement of the family between the pearl trade, shops and trade cars, the third topics of the chapter is devoted to talk about the first beginnings of Al - zayani to agencies. The company has also reviewed the most important commercial branches for the sale of cars which were opened by Al - zayani in the Gulf and the Arab region, as well as a review of the most important problems faced by Al - zayani Family Company and attempts to find suitable solutions for them. The aggravation eventually led to the collapse of the family company, specifically the end of the twentieth century, when the company was divided into more than one branch took each one of them works like him after the partners shared the property of the parent company. The third chapter of the study was titled "The contributions of the Al - zayani family in the political, scientific and social fields", which included two topics, the first of which was devoted to studying the contributions and activities of the family in the political field, especially in the Bahraini national movement, with the most prominent political positions recorded by the members to support the issues In Bahrain and abroad. The second part of the chapter covered the contributions of the Al - zayani family in the field of education and the most prominent social services provided. The study included two main points. The first focused on the contribution of the Al - zayani family to the establishment of formal education in Bahrain. Dating back to the twentieth century. In addition, the study included a conclusion in which the researcher reported the most important findings concerning the subject of his study, which was the most prominent that the Al - zayani family has passed through its history in several roles, it was the first role purely economically when it was practicing pearl trade and diving behind this role Has started in the old and continued until the twenties of the twentieth century, that is, their role was one - sided until the twentieth century, and then start their role, which is a role of political - economic Some members of the family went to the national movement, while others went to business, A double role, either Aldo The latter had three dimensions or aspects : political, economic and social, as this role was characterized by development and expansion through the establishment of the Al - zayani family to take care of many fields that have become widespread and the complexity and continuity of these roles to the present

فاروق صالح العمرسيرته ونشاطه الوظيفي ودوره السياسي ومنهجه في التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر حتى عام 2018 == Farooq Salih Al - Omer and his Method in Writing History

اسم المؤلف: محمد ساجت محول الظالمي
اسم المشرف: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: المثنى
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Recently, the academic personals in the field of history have got the interest of the Iraqi universities as they had great effect in revealing several historical facts. They have prominent role in shaping the track of history writing in Iraq. Dr. Farooq Salih Al - Omar is considered as a one of those who presented many participations to the contemporary school of history in Iraq through his scientific carrier that lasted for about sixty years.The present study has included an introduction, four chapters, and conclusions . Chapter One is concerned with the social life of Farooq Salih Al - Omar and his scientific and carrier background. It includes a glance of his social life and the nature of his study from the primary stage going through completing his Ph.D. in Egypt ,and his carrier in the Ministry of Knowledge in 1959 to the time of the present study.Chapter Two, on the other hand, is devoted to study the political activity of Farooq Salih Al - Omar in which the researcher explores what happened to Al - Omar during changing the ruling system from Kingdom to Republic in 1958 which has affected his political ideas and got him to join Al - Ba'ath Arabian Communist party in 1959.Chapter Three deals with his administrative participations and his scientific and educational efforts. It explores his contribution in establishing Al - Basrah Documents center in 1990 in the Universityof Basrah and establishing the college of Historical studies in the University of Basrah in 2000, and investigates his relationships with the chancellors of the University of Basrah since moving his services to it in 1969 until his retirement in 2009. In addition, it notify his scientific and educational efforts and his method of teaching and supervising.Chapter Four investigates the method of Farooq Salih Al - Omar in the writing of history which is based on the analytical study. It views five of his publications as living samples to know his method in writing history. In addition, three of his published books in the scientific periodicals were analyzed. The study also has included some appendixes which document the life of Al - Omar.Throughout the study, the researcher has concluded several things about Al - Omar, most importantly the following : 1. He is descended from a family which was known by its social and scientific position.2. The environment that he grew in has affected his cultural and political ideas.3. His study in the Teachers institute is considered as his real turning point in his scientific, cultural, political, and ideological life 4. Changing the ruling system in Iraq from kingdom into republic in 1958 has participated in his joining to Al - Ba'ath Arabian party in 1959.5. His writing method has been characterized as being simple ,smooth , and strong. It was empty of complex words. His method was scientific and accurate, and his ordering of the events was logical. Finally, his analysis was scientific and he refused the explanations that are based on self - measurements

حميد احمد حمدان التميمي سيرته واسهاماته العلمية == Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Al Tamimi His biography and scientific contributions

اسم المؤلف: كرار حسين كاظم الفتلاوي
اسم المشرف: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: المثنى
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After studying the biography of Professor Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Tamimi and his scientific achievements through the four chapters of the letter, there are important conclusions reached by the study is as follows : - The facts presented in this study allow us to say that the environment in which Dr. Humaid Ahmad Hamdan al - Tamimi came out has a great impact on his intellectual and scientific orientations, especially his family, his professors and his surroundings, like the second generation of Iraqi historians who still had their clear impressions in the field of historical studies . Al - Tamimi, like other Iraqi academics, did not rely heavily on the former Baathist governments, which kept him away from the classroom and in training. Not only did he open his doors to others who were close to her, And his broad knowledge that he possesses the qualifications and expertise distinguished by others. Dr. Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Al - Tamimi is based on a broad base of accumulated knowledge of historical events as well as comprehensive knowledge of the basic aspects of Iraq's modern and contemporary history, the history of the Arab world and the modern and contemporary Arabian Gulf, . The scientific methodology of Tamimi seeks to reshape the historical event as it was signed with the utmost precision and clarity committed to the scientific secretariat is high, and so is interested in all the particles and details to the comprehensive view of the historical treatment, the topics and studies are overflowing with a lot of historical scientific information, based on the abundance of knowledge and diversity The multiple interpretations of the historical event document what he went through the basic and primary sources of each and every aspect of historical research. Dr. Hamid Ahmed Hamdan is a living example of scientific persistence and intellectual giving. He is one of the few who gave birth to the University of Basrah, and from the first generation, which is rarely repeated in terms of the richness ofhis knowledge and his flowing contribution, which has been harvested for many years in research, studies, readings, writings and scientific participations. At the level of the interior and abroad, and supervision of the letters and scientific messages and the adoption of administrative and scientific positions - Professor Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Tamimi, through this study looked a brilliant man in his specialty and a historian of glory in his books Rsina in his proposals, loyal to his country to the point where the promotion of non - specialized work in the Ministry of Transport and Communication to the level of idealism.

الموقف الباكستاني من الغزو السوفيتي لافغاننستان 1979 - 1989 == The Pakistani Attitude From the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan (1979 - 1989)

اسم المؤلف: ايمان محبس مدلول الطاهر
اسم المشرف: اسعد حميد ابو شنة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: المثنى
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Afghanistan has undergone many major transformations on all of the political, military, economic and social levels that had a significant impact on its local and regional status. Due to its geographical position, Afghanistan had a special significance because of its proximity to the crossroads of three different civilized centers; Central Asia, The Indian sub - continent and the Middle East, which became controversial over the years between the major powers dominating the world at the time. Since the beginning of its modern history, the location of Afghanistan represented for the Soviet Union an important strategic position that made the Soviet Union aspire to polarize Afghanistan towards it, despite the fact that Afghanistan, after getting rid of the British dependency in 1919, had taken the non - aligned policy as a slogan of the state and became far from interventions that took place in the outside world, including alliances of the two World Wars I and I.But the major and regional countries neighboring Afghanistan had another opinion, the most prominent of which are the Soviet Union and Pakistan. the Soviet Union, being geographically adjacent to Afghanistan thought that it was necessary to control this country and manipulate it, then take control of Pakistan to ensure they were not dragged into the Western camp. The Soviet Union began to politically, economically, and even socially contain Afghanistan by spreading communist ideas to extract Afghanistan from its religious enclosure so that it could dictate its conditions upon it. In economic terms, the Soviet Union bound Afghanistan to many treaties in order to vigorously link the Afghan economy to the Soviet one. Therefore, Afghanistan embraced countless treaties that made the Soviet Union the sole controller of the Afghan economy. Culturally, the Soviet Union brought to Afghanistan the means of education and ideas that went in line with the Communist Party, which was rapidly spreading in Afghanistan ahead of the invasion.Pakistan's close proximity to Afghanistan and the social, linguistic, cultural and religious ties between the two countries had played a major role in moving the Afghan society to the desired destination of Pakistan and its allies, as the allies of Pakistan, especially the United States of America, knew how to approach Afghanistan under the umbrella of religion and Islamic Jihad since the Islamic religion in Afghanistan has the upper hand. Hence, Pakistan had been at the forefront of what was going on in Afghanistan - the Soviet invasion of it in 1979 .This in itself did not appeal to the other anti - Soviet forces, i.e., the US, which felt that Afghanistan had been dragged to the Eastern Camp.Through the above study we have highlighted the position of Pakistan from the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan and have come to conclude the following results : The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 - 1989 represented an important event on the regional and international scene. Major and regional countries were unable to stand still because of the very important effects they had on manyBcountries, especially in Asia. Pakistan was one of the most affected countries for several reasons, some were related to its foreign policy and regional relations with its neighbors, especially India and the unsettled issues between them, while other reasons were related to its relations with major countries - the United States and the Soviet Union - and Pakistan's need for a strong ally to support it in the face of the regional challenges, as well as the challenges of internal building and the advancement of the country's economy. There were many things that manifested Pakistan's hostile attitude towards the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan : Pakistan considered the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan as the greatest threat to its security and may be greater than the traditional Indian threat, besides the fear of Pakistan that the Soviet Union might take use of its borders to reach their desired goal, i. e., warm waters. The Soviet invasion did not serve the interests of Pakistan, especially on the internal, social, and economic levels, because of the effects that resulted from the invasion such as the social problems and economic losses that had increased the burden of the emerging Pakistani economy. The advanced Indo - Soviet relations had a significant impact on directing Pakistan's position towards the Afghan issue. Pakistan felt that it had become politically and ideologically hostile to both countries. The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan was a strategic security threat to the Pakistan national security as the Soviet forces were coming closer to the Pakistani borders. Pakistan's rejection of the Soviet invasion was based on maintaining Pakistan's national security, including India's threat. Pakistan had not been able to determine the appropriate bases in the face of this great challenge due to its limited economic, political and military capabilities compared to the Soviet Union, so it had to rely on the great powers that would be an adversary to the Soviet Union and diverging in ideological goals; the United States represented this type of force.Hence, both Pakistan and Afghanistan mattered in the Cold War, and turned to have an important role in the eyes of the US, just as the Soviet Union had presence in Afghanistan, the United States had to be close to it, and Pakistan represented the most appropriate place for that presence. Pakistan was the base of financing, training, and equipping the Afghan resistance factions against the Soviet forces in Afghanistan, besides the great political and intelligence presence of the United States. Pakistani territory was the most important base for all of the young people, who wanted to fight the Soviet forces, coming from various regions of the Islamic world.

ال الحرفوش في بعلبك 1497 - 1865م : دراسة تاريخية

اسم المؤلف: زهرة محمد حلو الشيباني
اسم المشرف: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: المثنى
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات المصرية - الهندية 1952 - 1970 == Egyptian - Indian relations 1952 - 1970

اسم المؤلف: هشام نعيم غليم الكعبي
اسم المشرف: ايلاف عاصم مصطفى
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The political relations of the countries are complex and multifaceted aspects and dimensions as they represent the goals and self - interest of each state to other countries or movements or revolutions or international events and others, and the Egyptian - Indian political relations of those relations affected by the international events that occurred in the Middle East, and the interventions and projects launched Countries . Egypt and India are major countries with weight and influence in the regional and international affairs. They both have great demographic and economic weight, and are based on ancient civilization and cultural components. They are therefore receiving regional and international attention. The subject of the Egyptian - Indian relations was divided into an introduction, a preface, three chapters and a conclusion. Each chapter contains several topics according to the subject unit and the historical sequence. The study is devoted to studying the roots of Egyptian - Indian relations for the years prior to the time period of the letter. The first chapter studied the Indian - Egyptian relations (1955 - 1952), and this era is full of political events in the Middle East. The chapter included four topics. The first came to study : India's position on the revolution of July 23, 1952 in Egypt. The Egyptian - British evacuation in 1954. The third topic dealt with the Egyptian - Egyptian position of the 1955 Baghdad Pact. The fourth topic focused on the Egyptian - Indian role at the 1955 Bandung Conference. The second chapter is devoted to the study of Egyptian - Indian relations (1956 - 1961). It includes three topics. The first is the position of India on the nationalization of the Suez Canal in 1956. The second section deals with the official and popular Indian position on the tripartite aggression against Egypt 1956, Addressing India's position on Egyptian - Syrian unity and separation (1958 - 61).The third chapter deals with the Egyptian - Indian relations in light of the regional developments 1962 - 1970. It also includes three topics. The first topic is the Egyptian position on the Indo - Chinese conflict 1962 - 1963. The second section deals with Egypt's position on the death of Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru. 1964, and the third topic dealt with the role of Egypt in the Indo - Pakistan war on Kashmir 1965, and the fourth section dealt with the position of India of the Arab - Israeli war 1967. He pointed out that Egypt and India are two major regional states and are based on a long - standing civilization, a distinct strategic position, and the population and civilization. The Egyptian - Indian relations have not experienced any problems or tensions during their history because of the absence of geographic borders, regional competition or ideological conflict. On the contrary, relations have always improved, developed and converged views and interests at all levels. Egypt and India pursued a liberal policy aimed at freeing their countries from British hegemony. These efforts culminated in India's independence. This led Egypt to cancel its treaty with Britain and to demand that Britain withdraw from the Suez Canal. India also announced its support for Egypt, promised nationalization of the Egyptian sovereignty supplements and it is an internal issue. He also described the tripartite aggression against Egypt as an aggression against peace and a flagrant attack on the resolutions of the United Nations (General Assembly). Egypt has used its political and diplomatic relations with India to develop relations with the convergence of viewpoints in political positions in international forums. These approaches are converged through the conferences of the Non - Aligned Movement and strive to unify political efforts to make the region a permanent peace zone free of weapons and military bases. - Egypt's position on the issue of Kashmir between India and Pakistan and its neutral stance on regional and international issues from India's point of view are positive positions that push the bilateral relations between Egypt and India to the best and the best.

العلاقات الايرانية اللبنانية 1953 - 1979 == Iranian Lebanese relations 1953 - 1979

اسم المؤلف: احمد طعمة جعفر الموسوي
اسم المشرف: جميل موسى النجار
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the Iranian - Lebanese relations is considered an important topic, because Lebanon for the Iranian government is one of the most essential countries in the Middle East. Hence, good relations between these two countries through different periods of times cannot be ignored especially during the era of the Safavid state which invited Shiite scholars from Jabal Amel to support and strengthen state in Iran. The most prominent of these scholars were Sheikh Ali bin Abdul Aali al - Ameli, who died in 1533, known as the “Al - Karaki the editor”, and Sheikh Hussain bin Abdul - Samad al - Amali, who died in 1576. The children of these scholars are still living in Iran, and thus the roots of the religious relations between the two countries became a reason for the development of political, economic and cultural relations in later periods.Yet, the first action in the political relations between the two countries dates back to the period of the Lebanese President Camille Chamoun (1952/1958), who is considered the first Lebanese friend to Shah of Iran Mohammad Reza, and who is credited for setting up political relations with Iran through his government's first treaty of friendship and cooperation between the two states in 17 October 1953. After that, the relations evolved to change the title of the Iranian Commission operating in Beirut to the rank of embassy and Rahmat Atabaki became “Ambassador of Iran” instead of “Minister Plenipotentiary”, while Lebanese President Camille Chamoun paid an official visit to Iran on 17 October 1956 for the purpose of rapprochement between the two countries, especially in the issue of Baghdad Pact. These relations were reinforced by joining the American policy through the accession of Iran and Lebanon to the Eisenhower project in March 1957, until President Chamoun ordered on March 5, 1957 to upgrade the Lebanese Commission working in Iran to Embassy, for the purpose of rapprochement with Iran due to the fear of the policy of President Abdel Nasser, the enemy of the Shah’s regime at that time, as President Chamoun was reluctant to the influence of Nasser in Lebanon. As a result of Chamoun’s pro - Iranian and pro - Western policy, an internal pro - Nasser opposition emerged in Lebanon in 1958 to topple Chamoun’s government, and this let to the outbreak of the 1958 uprising which was almost able to reach its goal but the interference of the Marines plus the military and financial support provided by the Shah of Iran to Chamoun’s prevented realizing this goal, and the crises ended up by electing Major General Fuad Shehab as President of "Lebanon in 1958" as successor to President Camille Chamoun.As president Shehab became in office, the Iranian - Lebanese relations cooled due the new Lebanese government's inclination towards Egyptian policy against Iran and its allies, and because of the positions of Iranian Ambassador Ali Fattouhi in Lebanon and his statements against President Gamal Abdel Nasser which led to expelling the Iranian ambassador in Beirut by the Lebanese government, and hence Lebanon broke its relations with Iran in January 1966 for 16 month until April 1967.After the re - establishment of relations, another development took place in the course of the Iranian - Lebanese relations, and this time relating to the arrest of the former head of the Iranian Savak, General Timur Bakhtiar, whose return to Iran was demanded by Tehran government because of judicial files against him. However, the Lebanese judiciary refused to send him back to Iran, and was released from Lebanese prisons after the end of the sentence. The Iranian government announced the breaking of its relations with Lebanon on April 1, 1969, which lasted until July 16, 1971.After the re - establishment of relations, Iran exploited the sectarian religious factor in Lebanon by supporting some charitable projects for the Shiite community in Lebanon, but this work did not last long until the dispute with the presidency of the Supreme Shiite Council in Lebanon, specifically with Imam Musa al - Sadr arouse due to the presence of Mustafa Jimaran (the head of the Iranian opposition) in South Lebanon which made the Iranian government neglect the affairs of the Shiite community in Lebanon, and instead it consolidated its relations with the Christian community especially with the The Lebanese Phalanges Party (Al - Kataeb) led by Pierre Gemayel and The National Liberal Party (Ḥizb Al - Waṭaniyyīn Al - Aḥrār) led by Camille Chamoun. When the Lebanese civil war broke out the Iranian government sided with the Christian factions while the Iranian people and its religious establishments supported the Muslims through offering humanitarian aid to those affected by the civil war.Economic relations were an important aspect of the relations between the two countries. For that reason, the Iranian government held an economic treaty with Lebanon on 5 July 1956, and thus trade between the two countries increased. As for touristic relations, these were also present in the course of relations between the two countries, where a tourism treaty was signed on December 9, 1973, which led to the prosperity of the economic life of Lebanon as Lebanon depends on tourism in support of its economic budgets. In the field of cultural relations, Iran supported the cultural aspect because it viewed Lebanon as the heart of the Arab world of the cultural domain, which accelerated in the conclusion of a cultural treaty on October 17, 1956. These were the relations between the two countries at all levels during 1953 - 1979

نوبار باشا ودوره السياسي في مصر حتى عام 1895 == Nubar Pasha and his political role in Egypt until 1895

اسم المؤلف: لؤي جمعة فاضل
اسم المشرف: عماد نعمة العبادي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After studying the personality of Nubar Pasha and his political role in Egypt we can say that he was considered one of the prominent figures and active and influential in the course of the events of Egypt during the nineteenth century and although it is Armenian, but his memory remained stuck in the memory of the Egyptians has launched several labels on as many as possible His name included a street in the name of Nubar Pasha in Cairo, the Nubaria region, the Nubaria canal, the Nubari plow, the Nubari cotton, the Nubari cotton, and the Egyptian father of the peasant, let alone the most influential government positions he was assigned to, which required the experience and political skill of Nubar Pasha. The names mentioned above and the positions he has assumed reflect the fact that he had an active and influential role in the modern history of Egypt. He also received the respect of the successive governments, which did not change any of the names that confirm their appreciation for his efforts in the service of Egypt. Several factors contributed to the formation of his personality, On the political performance, including He grew up in an Armenian family that had considerable experience in administrative and commercial affairs. He studied in the schools of France and Switzerland, where he learned a lot of Western culture and foreign languages. He was married to Folek Hanim, daughter of Kevork Bek, one of the most famous Armenian families in Astana, Which facilitated Nubar Pasha's many tasks entrusted to him in addition to his good relations with foreign communities and consuls of foreign countries And then included in the functions from the time of Muhammad Ali Pasha until the reign of Abbas Hilmi II All these factors helped Nubar Pasha to form a broad knowledge of the country's political conditions, which gave him the hard ground and facilitated the performance of his functions well and able Nubar Pasha was internationally recognized as a representative of Egypt in many foreign conferences and his important international negotiations, especially during the reign of Khedive Ismail. He was fluent and spoke in many foreign languages. He was able to influence those who dealt with them and the possibility of convincing them of his point of view. Extensive experience in various administrative and political affair In spite of the great political role played by Nubar Pasha, he was criticized for establishing mixed courts. However, correspondence between him and Khedive Ismail (1863 - 1879) about its establishment confirms that his negotiations with the privileged countries were based on the wishes of Khedive Ismail and his orders And his advice to reform Egypt's deteriorating judicial system. Thus, Nubar Pasha alone is not responsible for establishing mixed courts In spite of these criticisms, Nubar Pasha considered that Egypt's independence does not depend on a concession from the high door that costs the country a heavy price, but on the strength and good management of Egypt, which in his opinion is very difficult as long as there are seventeen consulates, For the power of Khadio himself, so he started to proceed Judicial reform on the basis of unity in legislation, justice and implementation to ensure the achievement of justice for all And include the Europeans and Egyptians alike and thus prevail justice and the power of Khedive Ismael and the power of consensual consuls, but his project was not achieved because of the aspirations of European countries The courts have been subjected to numerous criticisms because their laws differ from Islamic law and are used in French, English and Italian instead of Arabic, and the presence of European judges, often characterized by favoritism to their citizens, leading to dishonesty. Moreover, most Egyptians were ignorant of the laws of these courts, which left them prey to blackmailing European moneylenders. Although these courts were manifestations of foreign influence, Therefore, Nubar Pasha is considered one of the most important figures who were characterized by nostalgia for the Egyptians, compassion for them, attention to their interests, care for their affairs and guardianship of their affairs when they confronted tyranny, corruption, nepotism, forced labor, privileges, taxes and other things. I weighed on them

الاوضاع الاقتصادية والاجتماعية في المملكة المتوكلية اليمنية 1926 - 1962 == The Social and Economical Situations in the Yemeni Mutawaqli Kingdom 1926 - 1962

اسم المؤلف: ماهر محمود صالح الجبوري
اسم المشرف: كريم طلال مسير الركابي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Yemeni Mutawaqli Kingdom is considered the important part of Yemeni which lies on the northern part of it. It was occupied by the Ottmon State. Many radical events took place in the time of First World War (1914 - 1918). It supports to form a political entity. So many social and economical status (1926 - 1962) is considered the natural outcome to the political of the Emam Yahya Hameed and his successive son Al - Emam Ahmed which had great effect on the nature of the Yemeni society. The following study has concluded the following findings : • The Mutawakly kingdom has founded after the fall of the Ottman kingdom (1914 - 1918)• Economically, the area of the kingdom has characterized with a fertilizing land, having availability of grains and crops that help make strong economy.• The kingdom has relied on traditional and primitive industry such as pottery dyeing colors and textiles, leather industries and sesame oil and making mats, scooping and getting little oil - drilling depending on the foreign capitals.• The trade had been deteriorated during the area of Al - Emam Yahya due to many reasons such as lack of transportation and lack of banking transactions. • The study reveals that Al - Emam Ahmed had made many reforms in the field of economical and social life and hold many contracts with Russia and Japan and some other Arabian and European countries and some American companies for the purpose of developing economy

الاوضاع الداخلية في كركوك 1958 - 1968 == The internal situations in Kirkuk 1958 - 1968

اسم المؤلف: مريم محمود عيدان الجبوري
اسم المشرف: حسين علي فليح الخزرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Kirkuk Brigade is one of the most important Iraqi brigades, occupying an important strategic position in northern Iraq, making it a North - South link, As well as containing the black gold (oil), which is the greatest wealth in the world, in addition to the fact that the brigade is an important agricultural area, It includes a colorful social structure composed of different nationalities and spectrums of Turkmen, Arabs and Kurds, As well as the different religions and doctrines in which Muslims, Christ and Jews previously, all of them live together as brothers and lovers are linked with the bonds of friendship, marriage, love and brotherhood, All of this made the brigade of Kirkuk the focus of everyone's attention is the heart of Iraq's spring. During the period 1958 - 1968, the Kirkuk Brigade witnessed clear developments in all its political, social and economic situations, As the revolution of 14 July 1958 and the subsequent political events had a positive and negative impact on the brigade in particular, The political events and the political struggle for power that the country experienced during the study period had a negative effect on the Kirkuk Brigade. The results were clear in 1959 as the worst massacre in the history of the brigade, Moreover, the revolution of July 14, 1958 had positive effects on its behalf if the government undertook many urban projects in order to promote and raise the social, cultural and economic level of the country. The researcher reached the following conclusions : • As a result of a new republican regime, administrative changes were required, as some administrative units moved on the one hand, and new areas of the brigade were created as a result of the expansion of some administrative units and the increase in the number of its inhabitants.• The researcher realized that the powers of the military ruler were during the rule of Abdul Karim Qasim far more than the powers of the administrator and became all civil matters in his hand as well as that the local administration has become subject to his supervision, which made the military rule until 1963 when the arrival of Abdul Salam Aref to power canceled the post The military ruler and expanded the powers of the executive.• In the field of education and education in the brigade, the government took care of this aspect a lot and worked hard to raise the level of cultural and during the period of study and the opening and restoration of several schools within the Kirkuk Brigade, and encouraged the education of women and opened secondary schools for girls and received primary education luck, Primary schools in the brigade, This is due to the large numbers of people and the importance of education, As well as the availability of all educational services, including free education, which was an encouraging factors that prompted families to send their children to school, We also note that the number of schools opened during the reign of Abdul Salam Aref was less, as we compared in the preparation of schools opened during the reign of Abdul Karim Qasim, This is due to the lack of government allocations for the budget of education and directing it to another area to carry out other projects because of the government's sense of self - sufficiency in the preparation of schools.• In the health field, it has also received great attention from the government as many hospitals, health clinics and maternity and childhood centers were opened during the study period to raise the level of health in the brigade, The researcher also found that the number of hospitals has decreased during 1967, due to the cases of integration and cancellation of the hospitals in the brigade, as well as the government's sense of self - sufficiency in the number of hospitals opened in the brigade reduced the health budget and turned it into the military establishment.• The transport and communications sector witnessed a remarkable development within the Kirkuk Brigade as the government took care of it. It established a passenger transport service as a result of the increase of the population of the brigade during that period. It also opened many bridges and roads and provided all social services to cope with development and change to raise the social level.• Agriculture in Kirkuk was characterized by the development of the republican era as a result of modern irrigation projects, including the introduction of modern agricultural means, including mechanization, as well as the construction of dams and dams, which raised the agricultural reality, as well as the agricultural environment of Kirkuk helped improve the quality of production.• The industry, along with traditional industries, found other handicraft industries that led to the establishment of factories and factories that concentrated in the main cities of the brigade. This led to the development of the internal trade of the brigade. Kirkuk became the center of the brigade, a commercial center, which led to the emergence of commercial markets which diversified in diversified commodities and industrial products. What distinguishes the study period is the establishment of an industrial bank that took upon itself the financing of industrial projects, which resulted in the emergence of civil projects in Kirkuk

التطورات السياسية في اليمن الشمالي 1968 - 1978 == Political developments in North Yemen 1968 - 1978

اسم المؤلف: سارة مكي عبد علي عباس الشمري
اسم المشرف: كاظم حسن جاسم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The tribe was one of the most powerful elements in the Yemeni cause. It had power and authority that exceeded the authority of the central government. Saudi Arabia exploited this matter and turned its attention to them because of the importance and location of Yemen to them and several regional and international countries intervened in Yemen after the fall of the monarchy. The people who took the leadership of Yemen، since the reign of the Imam and until the fall of the last leaders، were soldiers and not civilians، which had the result that they were in a clash and a permanent conflict with the authority of the tribe. The government was composed of the Presidential Council (the Revolutionary Command Council)، the ministers and the Advisory Council. The Advisory Council speaker was the elder Abdullah Bin Hussein Al - Ahmar and this had always made the government and the council in a permanent conflict. The conflict was between the government، the tribes and the elders. The elder Al - Ahmar was always the one who represented the conflict. In 1973، the Yemeni authority entered a dark path due to internal political disputes and conflicts. Abdul Rahman Al - Iryani decided to resign and agreed with the Advisory Council chairman that he would also resign. Yemen then entered a new phase، the stage of President Ibrahim Al - Hamdi. During this period، the power of the tribe was withheld and its influence removed from the army، which made the elders in enmity to Ibrahim Al - Hamdi. He was seeking to establish a civil state rather than a tribal state. When Ibrahim Al - Hamdi became the president، he took care of the army and the military rank and turned down the power influence of the tribes. The issue of unity with the South was of great interest in order to declare unity between them، but because of this policy was assassinated in a treacherous and ugly way and because of this regional and international intervention، the Yemeni people have never enjoyed the results of the revolution against the monarchy.In view of the importance of this historical period of the life of the Yemeni people from its political history، a topic was chosen for this message، which consisted initially of a prelude to Yemen's political، social and economic history before and after the revolution. The first chapter examined the period from 1968 - 1972، before Abdul Rahman al - Eryani stepped down from power to Ibrahim al - Hamdi، and the conflict between the republicans and the monarchists until the announcement of national reconciliation and the developments that took place after the declaration of reconciliation. The second chapter focuses on the causes of the conflict between the political forces and the coup done by Ibrahim al - Hamdi as well as meetings of the unity committees between Sana'a and Aden and the political differences between them، the coup of Ibrahim al - Hamdi or the June 13 corrective movement and the political parties in the era of Ibrahim al - Hamdi.The third chapter is about the political developments in 1975 - 1978 and what happened during that period، which is represented by some important events and the most important was Hamdi's assumption of power and the crime of assassination in a treacherous and ugly manner and the repercussions of the internal situation. The authority overtake of Hussein al - Khashmi and his assassination and Abdul Karim al - Arashi who overtook the power for 40 days to run the government and gave it up to Ali Abdullah Saleh.

الوزارات المستحدثة واثرها في الواقعين الاقتصادي والاجتماعي للعراق 1958 - 1963 == The Effect of Created Ministries on the Economic and social Aspects in Iraq 1958 - 1963

اسم المؤلف: سعد عبد الواحد عبد الخضر
اسم المشرف: حسن علي عبد الله السماك
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: القادسية
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The newly formed ministries in Iraq for the period from 1959 to 1963 represented the most comprehensive changes in the economic and social aspects. Thus, we can say that the July 14 th is a real revolution and not a military coup through its achievements in the advancement of the society. When laws were enacted, No. 74 of 1959, which included the creation of seven ministries, namely the Ministry of Agrarian Reform, the Ministry of Industry, the Ministry of Oil, the Ministry of Planning, the Ministry of Works and Housing, the Ministry of Municipalities and the Ministry of Commerce and The Ministry of Agrarian Reform came to implement the Law of Agrarian Reform No. 30 of 1958, which resulted in the identification of agricultural property, seeking to raise the level of agricultural farmers, establishing agricultural associations and agricultural cooperatives. In order to address the housing crisis in cities, following the increase of migration from rural to urban, the Ministry of Works and Housing In the cities and the need for different services, the Ministry of Municipalities was established. In order to follow up the factories and factories that the agreements with the Soviet Union and the socialist countries undertook to establish in Iraq, the Ministry of Agriculture, In order to control the oil wealth and exploit its revenues to increase national income and provide social services such as health, education, housing and raising the standard of living for individuals, the Ministry of Oil, which entered into negotiations with foreign oil companies operating in Iraq, issued Law No. 80 of 1961, which freed 99.5% Iraqi control of foreign companies.The government followed the policy of economic planning to achieve balance in all sectors of the national economy. The Ministry of Planning, after the abolition of the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of Economy, and for the purpose of regulating the import and export process and make it consistent with the philosophy of the state and was serious in converting the citizen to a product more than consumer and limited consumption on the necessary materials and Iraq's trade with thecountries of the world, introduced the Ministry of Commerce, which sought to protect the citizen from exploitation when the adoption of the Government Sales Authorityand welfare.Department of research to the introduction and four chapters and conclusion, the first chapter dealt with the Iraqi Republic and directly the ministries of the Royal Covenant, The second chapter deals with the rapid social developments and their impact on the development of new ministries. The third chapter deals with agreements of technical and economic cooperation with the former Soviet Union and the countries of the socialist camp and the development of ministries to follow up their implementation. The fourth chapter sought to examine Iraq's foreign policy and its effect in developing new economic policies. The results of the study and analysis of the work of the ministries in the period of research, The researcher relied on a variety of sources, including unpublished documents kept in the library and documents of files of the royal court and the files of the Council of Sovereignty and administrative reports and the files of some ministries, then the published documents, the government publications issued by the ministries and publications of the Ministry of Guidance and publications of the Ministry of Justice, Industry and the Secretariat of the Capital, And then come letters and university papers and memos and many books of Arabic and Arab and some foreign books as well as the use of several periodicals, especially magazines and newspapers issued during that period, which was filled by the thesis and the list of sources and has been used for the researcher analytical approach as a method of work and I put the finishing touches in my dissertation, I did not claim that it is free of lapses and delusions because the perfect God only and finally put this dissertation in the hands of my distinguished professors and members of the discussion committee. I hope that their corrections will have a great role to reach the dissertation

تاريخ الاسلام في كتاب تاريخ مار ميخائيل السرياني الكبير بطريرك انطاكية حتى نهاية العصر الراشدي == History of Islam in the book of ‎the history of St. Michael the ‎ Great Syriac Patriarch of ‎Antioch until the end ‎ of the Rashidi era

اسم المؤلف: فاطمة يوسف عباس السعدي
اسم المشرف: زمان عبيد وناس | نـعـيـم عـبـد جـودة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Despite the contemporary Syriac historical events and recorded them in time, but we note many gaps and errors in the transfer of the historical event of St. Michael, some were deliberate and others inadvertently, and we will highlight the most important results we reached through this study : 1. Writing his book was motivated by religious, he addresses the audience of Christians of the East in the first degree and the audience of his church in the second degree.2. Adoption of the patterns of Byzantine yearbooks, followed by a special method in the classification of his book, combining the history of religious as stated in the Bible and the Byzantine yearbooks.3. Dry construction methods are not adopted.4. Michael was influenced by the Arab methods, and he quoted the methods of arranging the articles of his history and limiting them within specific years confined to the rule of the King, Khalifa or Sultan.5. The attribution was not mentioned in the events and replaced by the church fathers, scientists and historians.6. It is not based on Arab historians.7. Adopt the short and direct method of narration without going into details.8. History of the military aspect in the history of the Arab Islamic state, especially the Islamic conquests, and did not address the other aspects : civilization, culture, social status, economic situation and other aspects of life.9. The control of his saying of the divine punishment on his tendency to transfer the Syriac novel to the news of Al - Futuh.10. Accusing Islam of being a religion borrowed from Judaism and Christianity.11. Michael attributes the establishment of the Islamic state to war, murder, pillage and vandalism, and that Islam is based on the sword, and then we see it contradicts itself from this aspect in its history. We see elsewhere in his book that the Islamic religion and other religions did not interfere In matters of faith.12. He deliberately concealed many facts about certain things such as the tribute imposed on the people of Dhimah, which he referred only to its imposition, and did not mention its reasons, purpose and conditions, in order to emphasize that Islam is a religion of greed and greed whose purpose is material benefit.13. A comparison between Islam and Christ, and we see it sometimes in his presentation of the view of Islam to Christ and sometimes make mistakes.14. Many of the topics he talks about directly and without giving introductions to clarify the subject, we refer to the death of the Prophet  directly and without any introductions, and without mentioning the year of his death  or any other events in this regard, (7 years), and did not succeed in that years of the rule of the Prophet  more than seven years.15. He did not mention the old caliphate, its details, and how it was established at the time. It merely states that Abu Bakr is behind the Prophet in the ruling, and then mentions the death of Khalifa and another ruling.16. He addressed the Islamic conquests and the battles that took place during them, without mentioning the name of the battle, merely mentioning the events and the place where they occurred.17. Most of the names of the leaders of the Islamic armies did not mention them correctly, because it tells the events of the conquest of the Byzantine side.18. He referred to natural phenomena such as earthquakes and eclipses, but he did not succeed in mentioning them correctly and often see him exaggerating the story of events.19. He referred to the translation of the Gospel in the time of Caliph Umar ibn al - Khattab, but we found no reference to that translation in the Arab historical accounts, which may be an attempt to translate and not complete.20. Michael concluded his talk about the Rashidi era by referring to the scene of the fire in the reign of Ali bin Abi Talib, for the purpose of stating that Islam is only a religion of fighting and wars

الحيوان في الفكر العربي حتى عام 11 هجرية/ 632 ميلادية : دراسة تاريخية == Animals in the Arabic Thought up to 11 Hijri

اسم المؤلف: عماد عمران عبيد ابو حديدة
اسم المشرف: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Animals had a great value to the Arabs when compared with anything else if the horses excluded, for it was called the fortune. The word fortune' that Arabs used meant the camels. They measured the tribe's power and dignity with the number of camels obtained by the tribe. The more number means the more importance to the tribe. It was at the same time, cost to happiness sadness. The bride's dowry was a number of female camels and her value is measured with their increasing camels number Abla's story is well known for all when her father limited one hundred female camels to her dowry. Thus, camel were cost stop blood and to pay unintended killing according to what the people decide or agree at that time. Camels were the Arabs companion since a long time. They were the desert ship and life artery as well as they were basis to his poem, oration, poetry, living source, transportation means, and the war equipment. Camels were mentioned in the old holy books. In the Bible, we find that Sheba's queen came to Salmon in a very great convoy o camels carrying perfumes, gold, and precious stones. Due to the animals importance in the holy Quran, we mention according to the time priority : 1) The wisdom behind mentioning crow in the Adam's prophet story save other animals2) The cow : the cow was mentioned in the holy Quran. It is the longest sura and named by this name 3) The wolf : it is the story of our prophet Yousif.4) The hoopoe, it is the Sheba's queen story and the prophet Salmon 5) The prophet Salih's story and his she camel.6) The story of Salmon' ant 7) The story of Mose's stick 8) The story of the seven sleepers of Ephesus and their dog 9) The story of Younis whale10) The story of Cave's spider11) The story of Ibraham's bird 12) The elephant story 13) The story of the prophet Mohammed's she camel, Al Qeswa'a The camel was mentioned in the holy Quran when this comparison followed by raising the heaven. This refers to the high creativity of this creature There are suras in the holy Quran named by animals names and their private attributes indicating to them save other beasts as ( carriage, beds, body, riding, sacrifice). In the Cattle sura (verse 143) " And of the cattle (He produceth) some for burdens, some for food. Eat of that which Allah hath bestowed upon you, and follow not the footsteps of the devil, for lo! he is an open foe to you.". In the Pilgrimage (verse 36)" And the camels! We have appointed them among the ceremonies of Allah. Therein ye have much good ". so, the camels is the plural of camel which is the camel. It was named so for its great body In the Folding Up "And when the camels big with young are abandoned" The word " the camel" was mentioned in seven Ayas in the Quran, three times in the Cow Sura (Aya 196), three times in the Table Spread (Ayas 95, 97), and in one time in the Victory (A ya 25), the Camels were also mentioned. The first thing that calls sight in the chaste prophet biography is the prophet saying camels are pride to its owners" The prophet recommended the care with camels when he said "if you pass through green land, let camels take their chance and if you pass throughr mountainous land try to accelerate" Thus, this clear case that green land is for grazing while in dryness it should not stay for long time. History mentioned some famous camels such as 1) Al Besous she camel.2) Khelou Bin Rouhi : has a famous story that Arabs described in their tales( if it becomes pregnant, it will be heavy; if it walks, it has long steps; if it is slaughtered, it satisfied; and if it is milked, it quenches the thirst) The prophet was true when he said ( camels are pride to its owners, sheep are blessing, and the good is within horses till the doom day).Islam honored horses and camels mentioning their great importance as a symbol. Power, and a means to declare the divine message and conveying sciences and knowledge to the liberated lands. Thus, horses, camels, and other animals became a means where muslims knights rode to liberate the world Finally, I could prove with this modest effort through my study and research for this topic (Animals in the Arabic Thought up to 11 Hiji) the decisive evidence between the readers and generations that Arabs and Islamic nation could enrich humanity with science and support with schoiars. This was a decisive answer with Quranic proofs and prophet speeches implying images of creation and Quranic miraculous of the animals sura which form the basic significance in the human life till our present time Arab nation and Islamic nation, through holy Quran suras and the prophet speeches preceded the animals right in the Quran and the prophet speeches that indicates the Arabs and muslims preceded the west in the animals right. In this concern, poets wrote poems, proverbs were established, with many military, economic, commercial, and psychological uses. The current paper is also an answer to those who deny the Arab nation as a nation of the holy Quran that descended in their Arabic language as anilliterate nation that has no science and scholars. By this modest effort, I prove through my study and searching this topic, the Arabs and muslims role who preceded all nations in their sciences including zoology. This was stated before time and history witnesses this mentioning the advanced construction of science and scholars llah to raise troubles from my nation and to save my country from occupation I ask a which targeted sciences, scholars, and culture, that zoology is a colour among others. I ended this by Allah sura Iraham : Deem not that Allah is unaware of what the wicked do He but giveth them a respite till a day when eyes will stre (in terror),(42) As they come hurrying on in fear, their heads upraised, their gaze hearts as air. (43) And warn mankind of a day when the doom will come upon them, and those who did wrong will say : Our Lord! Reprieve us for a little while. We will obey Thy call and will follow the messengers. (It will be answered) : Did ye not swear before that there would be no end for you? (44) And (have ye not) dwelt in the dwellings of those who wronged themselves (of old) and (hath it not) become plain to you how We dealt with them and made examples for you? (45)

الموالي في العراق دراسة في احوالهم العامة حتى سنة (132 هـ) == The pro - Iraq study in their general conditions until the year (132 AH

اسم المؤلف: سوسن عباس حسين الجابري
اسم المشرف: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Mawali (non - Arab Muslim allies) represented one influential factor in the Arabic - Islamic community. The significant intellectual achievements they left in diverse sciences and arts, especially the religious and the literary, made them a salient signpost.The term "Mawali" appeared before Islam due to the circumstances that prevailed as a result of the wars that swept the Arabian Peninsula. However, it prevailed after non - Arabs converted to Islam; those came to be known as "Mawali". The Arabic singular "Mawla" also referred to an Arab alley, a usage that diversified the meaning of alliance. There is a significant amount of research on the Mawali. Researchers investigated the social and economic aspects of their life as well as their political role, in addition to their intellectual achievements. The Gharrawi study put a detailed bibliography on the names of authors who tackled the intellectual influence of the Mawali during the Ummayad Era. The study included the Mawali all over the Arab Islamic State. In this study, the researcher investigates their intellectual influence in Iraq; shedding light on their contribution as a group which was said to be marginalized and whose simple humanitarian rights were denied, as such, they resorted to make up the inferiority by excelling intellectually. The researcher presents a positive picture of the Mawali's intellectual activities since the Early Islamic Era until the end of the Umayyad Era.The study consists of five chapters with an introduction, conclusion, and a list of bibliography. The meaning of the term "Mawali" is explained in chapter one, with the Mawali's social and economic life. Chapter two is entitled The Influence of the Mawali in the Religious Sciences, these sciences include the sciences of the Quran, interpretation, Quranic readings, prophetic tradition (Hadith), and Kalam (Islamic scholastic theology). In chapter three tackles the Mawali's contribution to the military, while chapter four examines their achievement in the social sciences like the Arabic language and the science of Qasas (Quranic stories). And chapter five focuses on the Mawali's most important administrative positions after the Umayyads policy change because of their need for the Mawali's services, administrative and leadership skills. This had led to the Ummayads assigning important and critical roles to them; roles which were assigned only to the loyal members of the Ummayad house.

اثار الثورة الصناعية في اوضاع الطبقة العاملة بالمدن الصناعية البريطانية 1837 - 1901 == The effects of the Industrial Revolution on the conditions of the working class in British industrial cities (1837 - 1901)

اسم المؤلف: هديل حسن قاسم الياسري
اسم المشرف: حيدر صبري شاكر الخيقاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: This thesis dealt with the study of the effects of the industrial revolution on the conditions of the working class in British industrial cities during the Victorian era (1837 - 1901), and was divided into an introduction, a prelude, four chapters and an end.The prelude to the emergence of industrial revolution in Britain during the second half of the eighteenth century, showing the theories of the pioneers of economic thought and its impact on the growth of consciousness of the working class before 1837.The first chapter examined the effects of the industrial revolution on the working class conditions until 1837, and included three aspects : The first topic dealt with the challenges faced by the working class in industrial cities prior to the Victorian era. The second section explained the exploitation of workers by employers, While the third topic is devoted to highlighting the role of trade unions in demanding the rights of workers.The second chapter deals with the role of the working class in establishing the documentary movement and the government's position on the struggle of workers and their suffering until 1848, and divided into three sections. The first topic explained the factors that led to the establishment of the working class by the working class. (1839 - 1848), and the third section of the British government's legislation to improve working class conditions (1842 - 1848).IIThe third chapter deals with the economic and social effects of the industrial revolution on the working class and the reactions thereof during the period (1848 - 1881). It included two topics : The first topic dealt with the study of the suffering of workers from the hardships of living and working conditions during the period (1848 - 1881) The laws of factories issued during the period (1850 - 1881) and their effect on improving working conditions.Chapter Four traces the economic and political developments on the ideology of the working class and its political orientations during the period (1881 - 1901). It included three aspects : The first topic dealt with the role of the working class in the formation of the Socialist Unions and Societies during the period 1881 - 1893. Who worked on the establishment of the Independent Labor Party (1893). The third topic explained the role of the working class in the establishment of the British Labor Party and its political activity during the period (1900 - 1901(.The conclusion highlighted the most important results achieved through the study, including the role of the working class in the development of industry in Britain during the Victorian era, the great suffering suffered by the working class due to exploitation by the owners of factories and capitalists, and the establishment of the working class to establish trade unions and socialist unions and political parties In order to demand their rights and success in forcing the legislative and executive authorities to respond to their demands.

جبل عامل في لبنان : دراسة تاريخية 1918 - 1943 == JABAL AMIL AREA In Lebanon Historical study 1918 - 1943

اسم المؤلف: لقاء سامي سعيد الكناني
اسم المشرف: ايلاف عاصم مصطفى
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: JABAL AMIL AREA" in Lebanon ( Historical study , 1918 - 1943" JabalAmil " has been considered one of the historical cities in the Arab world in respect to political , social and economic levels . Historically , this area is linked to the modern and contemporary history of Lebanon , especially the period lying between 1918 - 1943) as being described as an important historical area in the contemporary history of Lebanon; besides , this area has submitted sublime political and intellectual figures that depicted the historical reality for all the late ages . The year 1918 has been witnessed as the French 's occupation to Lebanon and the end of the second world war having a great effect upon changing the historical conditions in JabalAmil area . The period has been ended in 1943 that being witnessed the independence of Lebanon. The thesis is divided into an introduction, and four chapters an conclusion; the chapter one includes the general conditions of the over mentioned area until the year 1918 and it has been considered as a preface for the study. The chapter two includes the political conditions in JabalAmil area during the period lying between 1918 - 1926, while the chapter third includes the role of those specializing into the political conditions during the period between 1926 - 1936. The chapter four the political developments in this area between 1936 - 1943 , along with the attitude of the political figures therein. In conclusion, the thesis has reached to historical conclusion , most importantly that the JabalAmil area is represented as a civilized area in respect to the cultural and intellectual domain and not in the stage of the study only , but rather in all historical stages . It has concluded that the concerned person refused the French occupation that was relaying on dividing Arab world since they was believing into the Arabic Unity , especially Levant. In addition, the concerned persons resisted French occupation with all means including the military and political one for their believe into the unity of Home and its independence.Most importantly of what has been mentioned above , that the concerned persons have submitted a political example having connection with the national attitudes and with national figures that imposed its status in the historical reality in JabalAmil area , most prominent figure was " Abdul Hussein Sharaf Al - Din Al - Amili and others . Besides, that any researcher writes about the history of Lebanon , he should not neglect to write about the history of JabalAmil area intellectually and politically for being described as Lebanon 's vital area and its national domain that will be remained prominent across ages.

التطورات الاجتماعية في الحلة 1958 - 1968 == The Social developments in Hilla 1958 - 1968

اسم المؤلف: سجاد مهدي عرين
اسم المشرف: سهيل صبحي سلمان الخزرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of "The social developments in Hilla - from 1958 - 1968 " is one of the topics that deserve to be studied because academic studies did not pay much attention to the social history only recently. The attention was limited to the political and economic aspects despite the great importance of the social aspect as it touches the social life in its details clearly and directly. Therefore, I chose the study (The Social Developments in Hilla 1958 - 1968) as the subject of my thesis in order to study certain aspects of the history of social status of Hilla. The reason for making the duration of the research starts in 1958 was the revolution of 14th of July of the same year, which ended the reign of the monarchy, which lasted for 37 years. The revolution came with social, economic and political laws and reforms in the interest of the people by improving the status of the peasants and reducing feudalism and standing by students and workers and improve their living conditions in addition to the cultural and urban development witnessed by the city during that period. The reason for ending the search in 1968 was the white coup on July, 17 of the same year by Baathi leaders and headed by Ahmed Hassan al - Bakr.The thesis consisted of an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the general situation in Hilla before the revolution of July 14, 1958, the first section includes the social life of the Hilli community. The second section deals with the economic life while the third section includes the position of the political forces from the economic and social conditions.The second chapter is devoted to the study of the social relations in rural areas. The first section deals with the social relations in rural areas. The second section includes the social customs and traditions. The third section includes the role of women in society. The fourth section referred to the law of agrarian reform, while the fourth section is about the agricultural associations. The fifth sections deals with the migration from the countryside to the city.The third chapter was entitled the social developments in the city. The first topic dealt with the role of the middle classes in Hilla. The second topic dealt with the role of the labor movement. The third topic dealt withthe religious and archeological milestones. The fourth topic dealt with the role of culture in the development of the society. The fifth section addressed the urban development and recreational facilities in Hilla. The fourth chapter reviewed the social services in Hilla. The first section deals with educational services. The second section is devoted to the health services and its development, and the third section deals with the communication and transportation services.We concluded that the social life in Hilla during the period 1958 - 1968 witnessed important developments and changes that moved the Hilli society from the recession that existed during the royal era (1921 - 1958) to the state of an open and developed society on the world, which was witnessed by the Western world. The revolution of July 14, 1958 confirmed that its mission is to provide social services to the deserving Iraqi people in cities, villages and rural areas, in addition to the development of educational institutions due to the state interest in the education sector and increasing its expenditure on educational services. That led to educational development and the increase in the number of students at all levels, as well as for teachers, and the disappearance of old fashioned ways of teaching during the period of research due to the spread of schools, and applying of compulsory education, free books and stationery as well as the promotion of cultural and scientific level through scholarships outside Iraq. The Scientific and literary meetings played a role in the social and human development through social and cultural associations. They provided various services to the community. Several newspapers and magazines also participated in raising awareness, the advocating of reformation as well as addressing negative situations and improving social conditions for better. Health conditions during the period of research have been developed due to the expansion of the establishment of health institutions like hospitals and clinics, in addition to the concern for maternal and child health. This is reflected in the Institute of Motherhood and Childhood in Hilla. Life and health statistics showed an increase in the number of live births at the expense of the dead. A significant proportion of children's diseases and obstetrics for women had been dealt with also

موقف جريدة الاهرام من حرب الخليج الثانية 1991 == The position of Al - Ahram's newspaper against The Second Gulf War in 1991

اسم المؤلف: سدى محمد حسن مهدي الربيعي
اسم المشرف: حاتم راهي ناصر الزوبعي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: In 1957, it witnessed a turning point in the march of the Al - Ahram newspaper, which flourished and developed during the period in which the writer and journalist Mohamed Hassanein was the editor - in - chief and became one of the most advanced newspapers in the world. The Iraqi - Kuwaiti relations (1961 - 1990) were characterized by recurrent crises as well as successive governments' claims in the royal era (1921 - 1958) for historical claims of Kuwait's right. The two countries entered into a cycle of futile negotiations. And discussions later to obtain the islands of War and Bubian, and Al - Ahram in turn supported the Arab efforts on the settlement of the Iraqi - Kuwaiti border, but it did not write these efforts success. These issues were raised between the two countries after the stalemate in the relationship between them during the period of the Iran - Iraq war, especially when the problem of Iraqi debt and the deterioration of Iraqi economy due to the increase in Kuwaiti oil production increased tension in the relationship between the two parties, and criticized the newspaper Al - Ahram news paper criticizes Iraq when the oil price issue Outside the OAPEC, but on the other hand it stood with Iraq when it was attacked media. Al - Ahram stayed with the Arab efforts, especially Egypt in containing the crisis .The invasion of Iraq to Kuwait on August 2, 1990.It changed the position of the newspaper from calm between the parties to the attack only and sharp criticism of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, and the newspaper focused on the impact of the invasion economically on the world. Al - Ahram news paper supported the broad Arab activity at the level of the Arab summit after the invasion in order to reach a solution to the crisis. It also praised the coordination of positions achieved by the GulfAbstractCooperation Council and endorsed the unified plans of the GCC armies in the face of possible developments. The newspaper did not overlook the regional position and indicated the Turkish position which was similar to Egyptian position in condemning the invasion as well as the position of Iran and Israel. Iran condemned the invasion and supported the Security Council resolutions. Israel, however, was cautious in its position, without specifying its position and showing its gains from the crisis. The newspaper gave great attention to the international position, starting with the position of the Security Council, where Al - Ahram New paper was in favor of international legitimacy and the sanctions imposed by the Security Council on Iraq, as well as the position of the United States. The position of the newspaper was in line with economic pressures. The international crowd in Saudi Arabia justified the pretext that Saudi Arabia wanted To preserve its entity from the Iraqi threat. Prior to the war on January 1 until the end of the deadline set by the Security Council on January 15, Al - Ahram News paper supported the Arab and foreign diplomatic efforts, especially the Egyptian efforts to contain the crisis before the war. The newspaper followed the facts of the air and ground campaign of coalition forces and maritime movements, To liberate Kuwait and announced its liberation on 28 February 1991

موقف الاتحاد السوفيتي من الحرب العراقية - الايرانية 1980 - 1988 == The Soviet Union's Position in the Iraqi - Iranian War (1980 - 1988)

اسم المؤلف: جاسم محسن عبيد
اسم المشرف: رحيم عبد الحسين عباس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Iraqi - Iranian war (1980 - 1988) is considered as one of the greatest regional conflicts known to have continued for a long period of time. It continued because of certain internal and external factors coming from both arguing parties. This war broke out in the Arabian Gulf region, which is considered to be one of the most important regions where the most beneficial and energetic areas of many major nations lie. The Soviet Union was one of these nations, for it is known to be the leader of social military and plays therefore an essential role in international politics. This nation tried extremely hard to reach the area where the conflict was taking part before and after the war started, using thereby different strategies to spread and regulate its dominance in the area that is close to their borders from the south, not to mention that it also had riches of possessing many oil resources. That is why this thesis sheds light on the position of the Soviet Union in the Iraqi - Iranian war. Their position is considered to be one of the most important and influential positions over the course of this war, because it possesses significant political and economic relations with both sides.This thesis includes an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. Chapter One, entitled (The Soviet Strategy in the Arabian Gulf and the Outbreak of the Iraqi - Iranian War), includes three sections. Section one entitled : The Soviet Strategy in the Arabian Gulf (1970 - 1977), has dealt with the interest the Soviet Union had concerning this region which borders their country from the south. Other rivals like the United States and its allies were also present in this area, revealing the ways the Soviet Union used to reach this area. Section two entitled : (The Relation of the Soviet Union with both Conflicting Sides) includes in its first part a discussion of the Iraqi - Soviet relationship after the coup that took place in 1968 until 1979 explaining the close relation that was created between these two sides. The second part has dealt with the Soviet - Iranian relationship, where Iran was an ally to the West because of its strong bonds with the Soviet Union on both economic and military levels. However, after 1978 and the success of the Islamic revolution in Iran, the Soviet Union started to support Iran fearing any coup they might start to show their loyalty to the United States.The third section entitled : The Iraqi - Iranian war, 1980 - 1988, considered the beginnings of the war and the media attacks and accusations between the two sides, unfolding the most important parts of this war and its stages. Chapter Two entitled : The Soviet Union's Position Concerning the Iraqi - Iranian War, 1980 - 1981, includes two sections. The first section has shed light on the Soviet Union's part in the war between the years of 1980 - 1981. This stand reveals how the Soviet Union took its stand with Iran, causing an increase in conflict between them and Iraq. These tensions increased until the Soviet Union accused Iraq of starting the war. That is why the Soviet Union refused to provide Iraq with weapons during this period despite an agreement of friendship and cooperation they had assigned. Chapter three entitled : The Soviet Union's Position in War from 1984 - 1988, includes two sections : the first section entitled : The Soviet Union's Position in War from 1984 - 1985, discusses the Soviet Union's position taking sides with Iraq due to the stands Iran had taken against the Iranian party named ''Todah'' that was devoted to the Soviet Union. This Soviet - Iranian bonds started to break apart due to the previous reasons mentioned. Iraq made use of these developments as the Iraqi president made a visit to Moscow on the 16th of December, 1985 in order to gain Soviet support. The second section entitled : The Soviet Union in War from 1986 - 1988, signifies the period where the Iranian - Soviet relationship started to strengthen despite the Soviet's warning against Tehran after they had invaded the Iraqi city of Foa in 1986. In addition to this, many important changes happened because of war tankers and the attacks done by the United States on the Iranian harbors, causing the destruction of an Iranian civil aircraft in 1987 and issuing decision 598 that continued during the maneuvers and international consultations for as long as one year that demanded the Soviet Union to consider the withdrawal of the European and American military from the Arabian Gulf region.Chapter four entitled : The Soviet Union Position to Initiate International Peace Stopping the War. This chapter includes two sections; the first section which is entitled : The Soviet Union's Position Concerning International Peace Initiatives, reveals that the Soviet Union had no real part in solving the on - going conflict. Their stand was only concerned with invitations and calls to stop the war. They also took a powerful stand in making decisions in the UN Security Council as an attempt to stop the war.The second section entitled : The Soviet Union's Position Concerning Decision 598, discusses the Soviet Union's participation in forming this decision. This section also discusses the Soviet's position in refusing decision 598 Iran has set and the attempts of the Soviet Union to take political benefit for their own sake.This thesis has depended greatly on many different sources, especially on unpublished Iraqi documents saved in the Iraqi National Library and Archives. They include the most valuable information concerning the topic of this thesis and helped covering most of its aspects. Documents from the Iranian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and documents from the Islamic Iranian news agency have also provided valuable information. In addition to the previous mentioned documents, Iraqi and Arabic published documents have also further helped in covering many parts of this thesis, like the Arabian world files and records and the daily documents of Arabian Union 1987, and also documents from the Iraqi Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Ministry of Iraqi communication.The academic studies of other theses and dissertations have also helped in providing necessary information essential to complete the work, from which the most important was the thesis with the title : The Soviet Foreign Politics in the Arabian Gulf Region in 1947 - 1987 by the researcher To'ma Mohammed Yusif and the thesis : The Iraqi - soviet Relationship 1962 - 1988 by Nadhim Yunis Al - Zawy, as well as the thesis : The Iraqi - Soviet Relationship 1980 - 1988 by the researcher Ali Khalid Hamad.

بول نابنشو ودوره السياسي في العراق 1932 - 1942م == Paul Knabenshue and his political role in Iraq (1932 - 1942 )

اسم المؤلف: مروة خضر عباس الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: حيدر طالب حسين الهاشمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

روادف الكوفة ودورهم بالاحداث العسكرية والسياسية (17 - 84هـ / 638 - 703م) == Rawadf Al - Kufa and their role in Military And political events (17 - 84 AH)/(638 - 703 AD

اسم المؤلف: عذراء كاظم صالح
اسم المشرف: عمار محمد يونس الساعدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة روسيا الخارجية في عهد القيصر الكسندر الثاني (1855 - 1881) == The policy of foreign Russia during the reign of Tsar Alexander II (1855 - 1881)

اسم المؤلف: علاء محمد جهاد الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: حيدر صبري شاكر الخيقاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تناولت هذه الرسالة سياسة روسيا الخارجية في عهد القيصر الكسندر الثاني (1855 - 1881). وتالفت من مقدمة وخمسة فصول وخاتمة. بحث الفصل الاول سياسة روسيا الخارجية قبل تولي القيصر الكسندر الثاني الحكم في روسيا عام ( 1855) وقد قسم الى ثلاثة مباحث تناول المبحث الاول نظرة عامة عن طبيعة نظام الحكم في روسيا القيصرية في عهد ال رومانوف حتى عام (1801). في حين اختص المبحث الثاني بدراسة سياسة روسيا الخارجية في عهد القيصر الكسندر الاول (1801 - 1825). وتطرق المبحث الثالث الى سياسة روسيا الخارجية في عهد القيصر نيقولا الاول (1825 - 1855). وقد تناول الفصل الثاني سياسة روسيا الخارجية منذ تولي القيصر الكسندر الثاني الحكم حتى قمع الانتفاضة البولندية (1855 - 1865). وتم تقسيمه الى خمسة مباحث تناول المبحث الاول سياسة روسيا للتوصل الى تسوية لايقاف حرب القرم (1855 - 1856) . وتطرق المبحث الثاني الى مشاركة روسيا في حرب الافيون الثانية ضد الصين ( 1856 - 1858). في حين اختص المبحث الثالث بدراسة موقف روسيا من سياسة بيدمونت لتحقيق الوحدة الايطالية( 1859 - 1861). واختص المبحث الرابع بدراسة سياسة روسيا ازاء الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ( 1855 - 1865)، وتطرق المبحث الخامس الى سياسة روسيا تجاه الانتفاضة البولندية ( 1863 - 1865). وجاء الفصل الثالث بعنوان سياسة روسيا الخارجية تجاه اهم القضايا الدولية ( 1866 - 1874). وتالف من اربعة مباحث تناول المبحث الاول سياسة روسيا تجاه مساعي بروسيا لتحقيق الوحدة الالمانية ( 1866 - 1871)، وتطرق المبحث الثاني الى الدبلوماسية الروسية تجاه المانيواالنمسا - المجر وعقد عصبة الاباطرة الثلاثة ( 1872 - 1873) . واختص المبحث الثالث بدراسة التنافس الروسي - البريطاني على الخليج العربي وبلاد فارس وافغانستان( 1869 - 1873). اما المبحث الرابع فقد اختص بدراسة سياسة روسيا تجاه البلقان تحت ظل التنافس الدولي ( 1867 - 1874). اما الفصل الرابع فقد سلط الضوء على الثورات البلقانية وتاثيرها على علاقات روسيا الخارجية مع الدول الاوربية الكبرى(1875 - 1878)، وتكون من خمسة مباحث تناول المبحث الاول سياسة روسيا تجاه ثورة البوسنة والهرسك ضد الدولة العثمانية ( 1875). وتطرق المبحث الثاني الى الثورة البلغارية ونتائجها (1876 )، في حين تناول المبحث الثالث سياسة روسيا الخارجية تجاه ثورة صربيواثورة الجبل الاسود (1876). واختص المبحث الرابع بدراسة مؤتمر اسطنبول ونتائجه ( 1876 - 1877). وتناول المبحث الخامس اعلان الحرب الروسية العثمانية والموقف الدولي منها ( 1877). اما الفصل الخامس والاخير فقد اوضح سياسة روسيا تجاه التسويات الدولية التي ترتبت على نتائج الحرب الروسية العثمانية ( 1878 - 1881) وتالف من اربعة مباحث تناول المبحث الاول توقيع الدولة العثمانية على هدنة ادرنة ومعاهدة سان ستيفانو( 1878). واختص المبحث الثاني بتوضيح موقف الدول الاوربية الكبرى من معاهدة سان ستيفانو ( 1878)، وتطرق المبحث الثالث الى دراسة مؤتمر برلين واثره على علاقات روسيا الخارجية مع الدول الاوربية الكبرى ( 1878)، واختص المبحث الرابع بدراسة موقف روسيا تجاه عقد معاهدة التحالف الالماني النمساوي( 1879 - 1881). اما الخاتمة فقد تضمنت اهم الاستنتاجات التي توصل اليها الباحث على ضوء موارد في متن الرسالة من معلومات والتي بينت السياسة الخارجية التي انتهجتهراوسيا في عهد القيصر الكسندر الثاني لتحقيق طموحاتها التوسعية على حساب بعض الدول المجاورة لاسيما تجاه الدولة العثمانية من جهة، وموقفها من الحروب التي خاضتها دول البلقان ضد الدولة العثمانية من جهة اخرى، فضلا عن قيام القيصر الكسندر الثاني بمحاولات عدة للسيطرة على بعض المناطق في اسيا الصغرى وبلاد فارس، ويبدو ان تلك السياسة ادت الى حدوث خلافات كبيرة مع بريطانيا كادت ان تؤدي الى قيام الحرب بين روسيوابريطانيا، فضلا عن ذلك فقد حاولت روسيا انشاء الجامعة السلافية لضم سلاف البلقان جميعهم بزعامتها، وبالتالي تتمكن من فرض سيطرتها على المضايق العثمانية، لكن تلك المحاولات اخفقت في تحقيق هدفها بسبب تضارب المصالح بين الدول الاوربية الكبرى ووقوف معظم تلك الدول ضد مساعي روسيا. | The study covered Russia's foreign Policy during the reign of Tsar Alexander II (1855 - 1881). The first chapter Included with Russia's foreign Policy before the accession of Tsar Alexander II to Russia in 1855. The first section explained with the nature of the system of government in Czarist Russia during the Romanov Era until 1801, While the second section reveal with the study of Russia's foreign policy during the reign of Tsar Alexander I (1801 - 1825). The third topic dealt with Russia's foreign policy during the reign of Tsar Nicholas I (1825 - 1855). The second chapter dealt with Russia's foreign Policy since the reign of Tsar Alexander II until the suppression of the Polish uprising (1855 - 1865). It was divided into five topics. The first topic dealt with Russia's Policy of reaching a settlement to stop the Crimean War (1855 - 1856). The second topic dealt with Russia's participation in the Second Opium War against China (1856 - 1858). While the third topic deals with the study of Russia's position on the policy of Piedmont to achieve Italian unity (1859 - 1861). The fourth topic deals with Russia's policy towards the United States of America (1855 - 1865). The fifth topic deals with Russia's policy towards the Polish uprising (1863 - 1865). The third chapter entitled Russia's foreign policy towards the most important international issues (1866 - 1874). The second topic dealt with Russia's policy toward Russia's efforts to achieve German unity (1866 - 1871). The second topic dealt with Russian diplomacy toward Germany, Austria - Hungary and the holding of the Three Emperors League (1872 - 1873). The third topic deals with the study of the Russian - British rivalry on the Arabian Gulf, Persia and Afghanistan (1869 - 1873). The fourth topic was devoted to study Russia's policy towards the Balkans under the international competition (1867 - 1874). The fourth chapter sheds light on the Balkan revolutions and their impact on Russia's foreign relations with the major European countries (1875 - 1878). The first section deals with Russia's policy towards the Revolution of Bosnia and Herzegovina against the Ottoman Empire (1875). The second topic dealt with the Bulgarian revolution and its results (1876), while the third topic dealt with Russia's foreign policy towards the revolution of Serbia and the revolution of Montenegro (1876). The fourth topic deals with the study of the Istanbul Conference and its results (1876 - 1877). The fifth topic dealt with the declaration of the Russo - Ottoman war and the international position on it (1877). The Fifth chapter explained Russia's Policy toward the international settlements that resulted from the Russian - Ottoman War (1878 - 1881). The first part dealt with the Ottoman Empire's signing of the Edrana truce and the Treaty of San Stefano (1878). The second topic deals with the position of the major European countries on the Treaty of San Stefano (1878). The third topic dealt with the study of the Berlin Conference and its impact on Russia's foreign relations with the major European countries (1878). - 1881). The final conclusion included the most important conclusions reached by the researcher in the light of the contents of the letter, which showed the foreign policy pursued by Russia under the reign of Alexander II to achieve its expansionist ambitions at the expense of some neighboring countries, especially towards the Ottoman Empire on the one hand, The Balkan countries fought against the Ottoman Empire on the one hand, and the tsar Alexander II on several attempts to control some areas in Asia Minor and Persia. This policy apparently led to major disagreements with Britain that almost led to the War between Russia and Britain Moreover, Russia tried to establish the Slavic League to bring all the Slavs of the Balkans into their leadership and thus be able to impose its control over the Ottoman straits. However, these attempts failed to achieve its goal because of conflicts of interest between the major European countries and most of them against Russia's efforts.

النواب الشيعة في المجلس النيابي اللبناني (1943 - 1975) : دراسة في التمثيل والمواقف

اسم المؤلف: علاء رياض عبد الغانمي
اسم المشرف: باسم احمد هاشم الغانمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

العفو والا?عتذار في سيرة الرسول (عليه الصلاة والسلام) واله الاطهار (عليهم السلام) == Pardon and apology in the biography of the messenger (PBUH) and Ahlul bayt (peace be upon them)

اسم المؤلف: امين فرج غالي الزيدي
اسم المشرف: عبد الستار نصيف جاسم العامري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: جاءت هذه الدراسة بعنوان" العفو والاعتذار في سيرة الرسول() واله الاطهار (عليهم السلام)" لما كان لهذه المبادئ الاخلاقية من اثر مهم في حياة المجتمع الاسلامي وتعامل الرسول() بالعفو وقبول الاعتذار من المخطئين والمقصرين من المسلمين وسار ال بيته الاطهار(عليهم السلام) على هذا النهج الخلقي العظيم ولكن بشرط ان يكون للعفو والاعتذار حد معين لا يمكن تجاوزه عندما يكون الشخص المخطئ متعمد بارتكاب الخطا فيخالف ما جاء به القران الكريم من احكام شرعية، وعالج الرسول() واله الاطهار(عليهم السلام) الكثير من الانحرافات الاخلاقية والاساءات التي تواجههم من قبل مختلف فئات المجتمع سواء بشكل متعمد او غير متعمد بالعفو وقبول الاعتذار من المخطئ اذا اعتذر، وعالجوا ايضا المخالفات في بعض القضايواالاحكام الشرعية التي يرتكبها المقصرين بدون قصد والتي تنتج عن الجهل في معرفة الاحكام الشرعية، وجاءت الدراسة مقسمة على مقدمة وثلاثة فصول، اما الفصل الاول فقد جاء بعنوان مفاهيم العفو والاعتذار وحدودهما في القران الكريم وسيرة الرسول() واله الاطهار(عليهم السلام) واشتمل على ثلاثة مباحث وكان عنوان المبحث الاول مفاهيم العفو والاعتذار في القران الكريم واحاديث الرسول () واله الاطهار (عليهم السلام) بالاضافة الى التعريف اللغوي والاصطلاحي لمفهوم العفو والاعتذار ثم تناول المبحث الثاني حدود العفو والاعتذار في القران الكريم وسيرة الرسول() واله الاطهار (عليهم السلام) اما المبحث الثالث فقد سلط الضوء على الجذور التاريخية للعفو والاعتذار عند الانبياء والمرسلين(عليهم السلام) ، واما الفصل الثاني فقد جاء بعنوان العفو والاعتذار في الميدان الاجتماعي والسياسي واشتمل على ثلاثة مباحث تضمن المبحث الاول مواقف العفو والاعتذار مع ذوي القربى الذي اساءوا الى الرسول() واله الاطهار(عليهم السلام) وضم المبحث الثاني مواقف العفو والاعتذار مع الشخصيات السياسية من الخلفاء وزعماء القبائل والمعارضين والولاة والعمال والقادة والوزراء الذين اساءوا او اخطاوا بحق الرسول() واله الاطهار(عليهم السلام) ام المبحث الثالث فاشتمل على مواقف العفو والاعتذار مع عامة الناس ، ثم الفصل الثالث الذي جاء بعنوان العفو والاعتذار مع في الميدان العلمي والشرعي وقسم على ثلاثة مباحث ايضا فضم المبحث الاول مواقف العفو والاعتذار في المناظرات والاحتجاجات اما المبحث الثاني تضمن مواقف العفو والاعتذار مع المقصرين من خلال اعفاءهم من الديون التي لحقتهم وسدادها بدلا عنهم اما المبحث الثالث ضم العفو والاعتذار مع المقصرين في الاحكام الشرعية من دون قصد او بعد ان يتوبوا. وتضمنت الدراسة ايضا اهم النتائج التي توصل اليها الباحث بعد الانتهاء من الدراسة. | This study is under the title "pardon and Apology in the biography of the messenger(peace be upon him)and Ahlul Bayt "people of the house of the Prophet"(peace be upon them)since these moral principles have an important impact on the life of the Islamic community. The messenger was dealt with the pardon and accepted apology from those who have mistakes and who are Careless from Muslims .so ,Ahlul AL Bayt "people of the House of the prophet" work on the same way of the prophet did of this great moral approach, but on the condition that pardon and apology of a certain extent can not be exceeded when the mistaken person deliberately committed the mistake and transgress the legal provisions that the Holy Quran came with. The prophet (PBUH) and,Ahlul AL Bayt"(peace be upon them) handled several immoralities and offenses that are faced them by different classes of the society whether they are intentionally or uninten tionally with pardon and accept the apology from the mistaken if he/she apologize. They are also treated the irregularities in some cases and legal provisions that are committed by those who are unintentionally careless or the irregularities that are caused by the ignorance of legal provisions. The study is divided into an introduction and three chapters. The First chapter is under the title concepts and boundaries of pardon and apology in the Holy Quran and the biography of the prophet (PBUH) and Ahlul AL AL Bayt (peace be upon them). The chapter includes three sections : the first section is under the title "the concept of pardon and apology in the Holy Quran and the speech of the prophet (PBUH) and Ahlul AL Bayt (peace be upon them) in addition to the linguistic and idiomatic definition of pardon and apology concept . The second section is about the boundaries of pardon and apology in the Quran and the biography of the prophet and messengers (PBUH). The second chapter is under the title "the pardon and apology " with relatives, politicans and ordinary people. This chapter is also divided into three section : The first section is about pardon and apology situations with relatives who offense to the prophet (PBUH) and Ahlul AL Bayt(peace be upon them) .The second section is about the pardon and apology situations with politicians of Caliphs , tribal leaders , resistants , magistrates leaders and ministers who offense or mistaken with the prophet (PBUH) and Ahlul AL Bayt(peace be upon them). The third section includes the pardon and apology situations with ordinary people, servants and boys. The third chapter is under the title " the pardon and apology with those who disagree, insolvents and delinquents in the boundaries and legal provisions. This chapter is also divided into three sections. The first section is about the pardon and apology situations in the debates and protests with poly theists, the delinquencies , disagrees and exaggerations . The second section includes the pardon and apology situations with insolvents throug out condonated their loans and pay instead of them. The third section includes the pardon and apology with those who fail in the legal provisions unintentionally or after they repentant. This study is also contained the important results reached by the researcher after the study has finished

المفسرون واثرهم في اقصاء الامام علي (عليه السلام) عن فضائله كتاب مفاتيح الغيب للفخر الرازي (ت606هـ) : دراسة تحليلية == commentators and their impact on the exclusion of Imam Ali for his virtues book mafatih alghayb of Fakhar al - Raazi (606) Analytical study

اسم المؤلف: احمد فاضل عبد زيد الشريفي
اسم المشرف: ماجد عبد زيد احمد الخزرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The policy of intellect exclusion practiced a gainst Imam Ali (A.S) dated back to the early Islamic history and then be cam a policy based on poletical and ideological tramme work . The influence of this policy was on the narrators , tellers , commentators and historians , so they used to exclude Imam Ali (A.s) from every virtue and historians , then this issue was developed in the Abbasid period until it became as a normal issue Books of Quran interpretation were most important works that their auther practiced eaclusion gainst Imam Ali (As) and affected by the preceding tellers and narators .Alfakher Alrazi was not only one of them to show his exclusion because the previous of them relied on others in the tolling without expressing their opinions , but he was expressing his opinion which represent his clear and purposed exclusion. He was discussing the narration that concerns the virtues of Imam Ali (A. S) , and tried to attribute it to others . He compared the rirtues of Imam Ali (A.S) and others , then to diminish the impotance of these rirtues the search turned to make an analytieal Study dealing with exclusion he had done agniest Emam Ali (A - S) through his interpretation .He had serral methods in that attiude including : comparisision , participation,exclusion and disregarding for virtue.Imam Ali (A.S) was the point around which the objective of Alrazi werer to reduce the virtues of ALI (A - S),and to raise Abu Baker to be the best and the most worthy of Imamate and caliphate. These rirtues were the reason for establishing a debate about the Imamate and working on the exclusion of Imam Ali (A - S) in order to make Abu Baker the first ,the most right and the best . The researcher addressed these methods and opinions that Alrazi had launched .This thesis represented a debate between Alrazi and the researcher. The thesis entihed the interpreters and their impact on "the exclusion of Imam Ali(A - S) from His virbues, Book of Alrazi , who died in 606(A - H) " in an analytical study. Thesis also included four chapters one of Hem devoted for Alrazi biography and three for his exclusion study against Imam ali

اثر مدرسة الامام الرضا عليه السلام في الفكر الاسلامي حتى سنة 260هـ/873م == Effect of Imam Al - Ridha School on Islamic Thought Until the Year (260 A.H - 873 A.D )

اسم المؤلف: احمد عدنان عبود وتوت
اسم المشرف: عامر عجاج حميد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The purpose of the thesis is to explain the effect that Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) had left on human thought.The thesis starts with an introduction that shed light on the meaning of effect or influence in the doctrine of Ahl - Bayt, presented by what Imams (peace be upon them), had been mentioned. The introduction includes also the personality and biogrphy of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) including his Imam as being crown prince of the Abbasid Caliphate.The thesis includes four chapters : Chapter1 consists of two Topics, the first of them deals with Imam al - Ridha's interpretation of the Holy Qur'an, where the Imam relied on the divine science and the interpretation of Qur'an by Qur'an.The second topic focuses on the effect of the Imam on the Hadith and correction of its narrations.He also addressed the prophetic Hadith in language and terminology.Chapter 2 deals with the effect of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on jurisprudence and theology. The Chapter consisted of two topics, the first is his effect on the jurisprudence in terms of act of worship and transactions, through prayeing, fasting in all its kinds, alimony, jihad, moneylending and the will before death. Second topic dealt with the effect of the Imam theology which flourshed in the Abbasid era.That was through debates of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) with senior clergy of Christians, Jews and sabean in themes of monotheism, hereafter, prophecy, justice and Imamate.Chapter 3 deals with the influence of Imam al - Ridha (peace be open him) on other sciences through three topics, the first his impact on medicine where the (Golden Thesis) was a model for this theme.Second topic deals with his influence on languages, where there was clear evidence in the Arabic language through prose, debates and poetry.He was also fluent in other languages such as Indian, Persian, Turkish and Roman The third topic focuses on economics according to Islamic law and it's doctrine.Chapter 4 deals with effect of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on his companions, it also includes three topics, the first focused on the Imam influence on those companions through interpretation of Holy Qur'an and Prophetic Hadith, the second dealt with the Imam influence on them through jurisprudence and theology, and the third topic focused on the effect of Imam Al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on his companions through other sciences such as medicine, Arabic language and economics.

السياسة السوفيتية تجاه قضايا المشرق العربي فــي ضوء كتابات مجلة السياسة الدولية المصرية 1967 - 1990 == SOVIET POLICy TOWRDS ARAB Orinet ISSUES IN THE LIGHT OF WRITINGS OF THE JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONL POLITICS EGYPTIAN 1967 - 1990

اسم المؤلف: فلاح مجيد حسون العارضي
اسم المشرف: عاصم حاكم عباس الجبوري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: القادسية
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The dissertation deals with the politics of the Soviet Union from the issues of the Arab Mashreq. This region is of great importance to the Soviet Union because of its geographical proximity to the southern borders of the Union and its direct threat to its national security in the presence of American military bases in the region, and because of the Soviet dream of ever reaching the warm waters of the Mediterranean. Although the revolution of October in 1917 brought about significant changes to the Soviet politics, the Soviet attitude towards the Arab Orient about the Arab Orient focused on good - neighborly relations with the countries of the region. Until the end of the Second World War, the Arab Mashreq had no less interest in the Soviet policy. Internal building Sea. From the perspective of the Soviet politics, the Arab Mashreq has received little attention for its preoccupation with the internal construction process. In the midst of competition between the East and the West, especially the United States, the Soviet Union sought to find a foothold in the Middle East through the Arab - Zionist conflict, having vigorously sought the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, believing that it would be a soft instrument in the hands of the Soviets against the Imperialism politics and it would be a base for spreading the Soviet ideology in the Middle East. But they were disappointed after the Zionist entity directed towards the United States, which led the Soviet Union to strengthen its relations with the Arab countries in their conflict against the Zionist, represented by the Soviet weapons deal in 1955 after the West refused to supply the Arabs with weapons. The Soviet positions continued to stand by the Arabs in their conflict against rather than offensive, fearing that this would lead to a collision with the US, and the possibility of another world war.The Arab - Soviet relations deteriorated in the wake of the October 1973 war, and thousands of Soviet experts ran away from the Egyptian territories. Egypt also signed the Camp David Treaty with the Zionist after having the blessing of the United States of America. The Soviet Union sought compensation after losing its influence in Egypt by strengthening its relations with Iraq, Syria and Libya. However, the Soviet position was fluctuating in its support for Iraq during the Iran - Iraq war in 1980. With a neutral stance at the beginning of the war, the Soviet turned to support Iran and denounce the Iraqi aggression on the Iranian territory. Iran was an important strategic center in the Soviet politics for security considerations because it represented the southern neighbor of the Soviet Union, fearing that the Islamic thought of the Republic would be transferred to the Islamic republics of the Soviet Union.Then it supported Iraq after its withdrawal from the Iranian territory in 1982 and provided Iraq with defensive, rather than offensive, weapons and equipment without allowing Iraq to achieve a sweeping victory over Iran while the Soviet Union was satisfied with the policy of condemnation and denunciation in the wake of the Israeli invasion of Lebanon.The next stage witnessed many changes in the Soviet foreign policy. With the changing of the Soviet leadership in the mid - 1980s. After Gorbachev took power, the Soviet policy was confined to the internal reconstruction of the state, abandoning its public support for the Arabs, leaving its role to the United States and the West to be unique in solving the problems of the Middle East, leaving its role to the United States in the peace negotiations, and leaving its global role after the Soviet Union witnessed the experience of dying prior to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990.

رعاية الرقيق في فكر وسلوك ائمة اهل البيت == Slavery Care in the Thought and Behavior of Ahlulbayt Imams (Prophet's Family) (PBUT)

اسم المؤلف: محمد احميد عبل الركابي
اسم المشرف: نزار عبد المحسن جعفر الداغر
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The phenomenon of slavery is a social, economic, political and legal phenomenon of civilizations, nations and States that preceded the emergence of Islam for centuries. It is one of the episodes of human development and has produced impressive results for the history of mankind. The concept of slavery denotes ownership and slavery, and making a man a slave for another person as a reason for, which is different according to the laws of the nations and their laws. The meaning of slavery and its essence is the loss of a person's liberty and a man becomes a commodity owned by another person called the owner. So the slave is vulnerable to the act deprivation of life through killing or punishment and torture. Slavery may be lied in the husband and his family of the slave and disqualifies him from owning and disposing without a warrant from the owner.Islam represents a stage of human transition that humanity has never known before in dealing with slaves as human beings, not as a commodity with a spirit, and presents a problem that Islam has not prevented slavery. It will not be fought or abolished slavery at the beginning. , which is contrary to the general philosophy of Islam, which is based on freedom and equality. Islam is a religion reconciled between the beliefs and customs inherited at the beginning of its appearance and its laws, despite being temporary.Thus, the abolition of slavery as a normal economic situation in societies before the advent of Islam in dealing with the slavery system explained an intention of Islam to drain the sources of slavery and resources until the end of this system - with time - to cancel and without a social unrest.As for the care of Ahlulbeiyt Imams (PBUT) of the slave, it was a humanitarian message whose chapters are integrated with the essence of Islam and its principles in the glorious Quran and the purified Sunnah. As far as its integration is concerned, it is accurate and comprehensive covering all walks of life in society. After the death of the Prophet (PBUH) and the covenants that followed and the rule of sons of Abbas and Umyyad, even if this message was formed and presented in normal social, economic and political conditions and without difficulties and obstacles and without sacrificing lives and lost their humanitarian impact, it would become meaningless.Its principles, conditions, philosophy, and objectives were formulated under harsh and painful conditions, which were paid by the Imams of the Ahlulbayt Family and their followers, who were killed, displaced and persecuted. Yet the bitterness of these circumstances produced good and promising results. These results preserved the essence and existence of Islam and proved the merit and competence of the Imams of the Ahlulbayt (PBUT). This revealed eligibility and leadership of Ahlulbayt Imams (PBUT) in leading the nation including slaves, who represent the most vulnerable social, poor and humiliated groups. So the whole care paid by Ahlulbayt Imams (PBUT) to slaves has become a wonderful example of the humanitarian deal from which the International Conventions of Human Rights and International Humanitarian Law derived the content of its texts and practices in the context of International relations and the world

الفكر الاقتصادي الاسلامي بين النظرية والتطبيق حتى 14هـ

اسم المؤلف: احمد جايد بدر الحسناوي
اسم المشرف: زمان عبيد وناس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: This thesis examined the Islamic economic thought between theory and practice in the most important era of Islamic history, namely the era of prophecy and the caliphate until 41 AH / 661 AD. The research hypothesis of the question : Is Islamic economic theory valid to work to date in terms of the system of ownership and philosophy of work and production relations between employees of Muslims and non - Muslims or not? Was the economic thought and application in the Islamic state in theera of the caliphate a continuation of the prophetic era or are they different from each other? Then I answered these questions through two part and four chapters and a preface in which I explained the linguistic and theological meaning of the words ofthe title of the research, The first part is devoted to the definition of Islamic economic theory as stated in the Holy Quran and the Sunnah. The first chapter examines the system of ownership and work in the era of the Prophet (peace be upon him), The secondchapter is the economic function of the Islamic state or the political economy in accordance with the work of the Prophet in the fields of economic security and the regulatory system and economic development, And the second chapter was written bythe economic thought in the era of succession through the first chapter of the research sources of economic thought and issues and goals, and the second chapter illustrated the impact of hybrid thought formed in the era of the Caliphate on the theory andeconomic applications presented by the Prophet

النبي محمد (صلى الله عليه واله وسلم) في مؤلفات مونتجمري وات عن السيرة النبوية دراسة تحليلية مقارنة == The Prophet Mohammed (P.B.U.H.) In Montgomery Watt's Authoresses, about Prophetic Biography, a Comparative Analytic Study

اسم المؤلف: ماهر جواد كاظم الشمري
اسم المشرف: عادل اسماعيل خليل العبود
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The oriental studies have been extended to include all the aspects of the eastern heritage in general and specifically the Islamic heritage . In these studies , the interest in the prophet 's life has been increased in an exaggerated way . Some of these studies were fair and agree with common opinions in the Islamic sources and some are not depending on the different oriental schools and according to opinions and beliefs of the orientalists. However , they used to use the weakest narrations in their writings to harm the prophet's character which was the subject for the studies of Muslims and orientalists. One of the most known orientalists in the twentieth century was the British Professor Montegmry Watt who devoted his life to study Islamic religion and the history of the prophet . He wrote about the prophet in his books ( Mohammed in Mecca , Mohammed in Al - Madina and Mohammed the prophet and the man of the country " the politician " ) . In this dissertation , these books have been studied , analyzed and compared with the Islamic sources . The dissertation has been divided into a preface , five chapters and the conclusion which included the findings of the study . The chapters are different in the number of pages according to the demands and the importance of each chapter . The first chapter which is entitled ( orientalism in historical glance ) has tackled the linguistic and terminological meanings of Orientalism , the stages of the development of orientalism and the reasons and aims behind it . It also gives a summary of the most known British orientalists , and their roles . Then it presents the life of Montegmry Watt from birth to death passing through his academic and ideological education in the church , the positions which he took up , his works , his way of writing about the prophet and the resources which he depended on . The second chapter is entitled (the prophet Mohammed's (P. B. U. H) Life before the Mission) . This chapter is devoted to study the prophet's life in an a chronological order and the opinions which Watt has presented , we agree with some of these opinions and disagree with others . The chapter started with the prophet's name and his honorable kinship . It tackles his birth , childhood , his work in trade , his marriage and his happy life with his wife Khadeeja ( piece be upon her ) who helped him before the mission and supported him after the mission . Then the chapter shows the role of the prophet in public life in spite of being young , when he took part in Al - Fujaar war , his presence in Hilf Al - Fudhul , presenting the solution to solve the dispute between the Qurashi people about raising the black stone and taking part in building Al - Ka'ba , the house of God . The third chapter sheds light on (the prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in Mecca ) . The mission passed through two stages ; the secret stage and the public stage that witnessed the defeat of paganism and polytheism . The chapter starts with the stage when the prophet began to meditate in isolation in a cave called Hira and the opinions about the reasons behind that isolation . It also discusses the dispute whether the prophet Mohammed was ignorant or could read and write like other prophets . It also deals with the proof of the prophet's prophecy represented by the inspiration which Watt's deny . It also deals with specific verses ( ayyat )called satanic verses which Watt supports . The chapter presents the most important events that happened in Mecca like the apposition of Qureysh to the prophecy , the Muslim's migration to Al - Hebesha which Watt thinks that it took place for economic reasons , then the siege of the Muslims in the reef of Abi Talib . The siege ended by a miracle which God told the prophet about so that the idolaters believe in his prophecy . Watt ignores that miracle . Then the prophet's going to Al - Taef was an attempt to spread out the Islam beyond Mecca . Finally , the chapter ends up with the prophet's success in making an agreement between Al - Aws and Al - Khazraj in Yathrib which became the city of the prophet . The fourth chapter is entitled (the prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in AL - Madina with Militarism and Political Sides) .This chapter is devoted to the transformational stage in Al - Madinah that starts by the Migration to Yathrib which became Al - Madinah Al - Munawara after the prophet's arrival . It witnessed the building of the honorable prophetic Mosque which was a distinctive sigh for the appearance of the Islamic cities , followed by writing the document which was the constitutional law that regulates the life of people in Al - Madinah and determines the relationship between the Muslims and other people in Al - Madinah , the Muslims themselves with each other , and the relation between the prophet and the Jews ( Bani Qureytha , Bani Al - Nadhir and Bani Qeynuqaa ) .To spread out the Islam , the prophet contacted the Arabic tribes in the Arabian Peninsula . Watt claims that the prophet contacted the tribes only in the northern part of the Arabian Peninsula . The prophet has also sent messengers to kings to inform them about the new religion . When the Islam has become a great religious and political power in the Arabian Peninsula , delegations came to announce their Islam . This made Watt raise doubts about the prophet ad minimize his role . Then he draw the picture of the prophet as a raider and he mixed the Arabian raids with Al - Jihad in the Islam . The fifth chapter ( The Prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in AL - Madina with Sociality and Legislative Sides ) is specified to the works of the prophet in Al - Madinah . It starts with the fraternity between the supporters and migrants to help the migrants and lessen their feelings of bitterness of being away from home . In regard to the prophet's marriages , Watt explained them in terms of only one impetus and that is the political impetus . He tried to describe the prophet as a politician who cares for nothing except fulfilling his political ambitions . In fact , Watt ignored all the other impetus for the prophet marriages like the social , religious and social impetus . As for the last period of the prophet's life , Watt ignored a lot of its aspects in spite of its importance . Moreover , he ignored a lot of the prophet's innate peculiarities ,and raised doubts about the Qur'an and its collection and regards it as the creation of the Prophet Mohammed . The study has arrived at many conclusions like Watt's denial of the inspiration and regarding it as a kind of super consciousness , raising doubts about the Qur'an and saying that it was created by the prophet for some periodical demands , Claiming that the prophet has taken a lot from previous religions : Judaism and Christianity , saying that the prophet has a political impetus for his multi - marriages and accusing the prophet of taking Al - Jihad for the sake of God as a way to earn financial benefits and to spread beyond the Arabian Peninsula

الاوضاع الاجتماعية والاقتصادية في مدينة كربلاء 1939 - 1958 == The Social and Economic Conditions In Karbala city 1939 - 1958

اسم المؤلف: ضياء حسن قاسم محمد الخرسان
اسم المشرف: علي طاهر تركي الحلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The social and commercial sides formed two basic principles to develop nations due to their direct connection with the individuals and society for better future. Accordingly, many studies including the current study tried to shed the light on The social and commercial conditions of various cities. Karbala city had its share of this search. There was a study concerning Karbala social and commercial states from 1921 - 1939 which showed a significant and valuable part of the most prominent of the city in addition to what distinguishes the city of religious privacy due to the Imam Hussein and his brother Al Abbas ( p.b.u.t.). this added another importance to the city which became a polestar for visitors from all over the world; the matter that reflected on the social and commercial sight and activity. This in turn, formed a motif to the researcher to study it from1939 - 1958 completing his previous colleague's beginnings. The year 1939 is considered as a decisive stage of contemporary Iraqi history, the date of King Ghazi's death in the fourth of April 1939 and receiving regency by Abdul Ellah on King Faisal, the second which was followed by disturbing political and commercial situations, besides beginning the second world war. In addition, reflection of all the above on the commercial and social reality ofKarbala city; the matter that formed the second motif to choose the topic. From another side and since Karbala is a religious center in the Islamic world. It is a place that attracts hearts from various nations that had influence on the community nature and its populated structure as a materialistic constituent, and also on the city culture, ideology, arts, civilization as a moral constituent. This led it to move in isolation with some privacies that recognized its paralleled religious cities which deserves to be studied in particular in accord to that variety and importance. If you ask, why do we study the religious school? Karbala has its own religious center and contains many religious men, scientists, and scholars that why there were many religious Hawza schools. And for the question, why there are customs, traditions, and social sights in Karbala city? This is because the city has its own privacy, especially from the religious side that made customs and traditions differ from other cities, such as gatherings and Husseini processions, AIrbeen, Sha'abaniyah visits, a method of practicing rituals in mosques and Husseiniyahs. There are customs held in the blessed Ramadan month, for they are specific traditions inKarbala city as kids circumcision, vows, and playing. All these and other traditions has special influence. The answer for why the medical situation is concerned is due toits deterioration from1939 - 1958 when different diseases attacked the city where we are going to devote a table to clarify their types and essence. Concerning education, it depended mainly on traditional teachers, and religious scholars, whereas the governmental schools were very bad with weak learning. So, the primary learning almost was nothing with a small number of learners. Even their number in the high school was very low. This led to spreading of illiteracy and ignorance in the Karbala community till women entrance to school was considered in the Karbala community as a sort of corruption and behavior deviation. If one inquires why the economic side in Karbala is concerned, then we know that vocational side has special influence for what distinguishes Karbala, since it has various main vocational works like shrowed production, rope twisting, treacle, holy clay, gowns, etc. if somebody asks why the water resources are concerned, this is because Karbala is a tourist city which gets money from inside and outside Iraq such as the almsgiving, fifth, vows, and ouda almsgiving, and all these are charity funds come to holyKarbala from Indians' and other countries shia people. The study deeply tackled the general conditions of Karbala city, starting with the name origin, establishment, the administrative organization, the most important political development in the ottoman era and Karbala's city position, Karbala's stand towards the British occupation in 1914 as the parties and associations, as well as the influence of the political, social, commercial events in Karbala city. This produced number of newspapers and various magazines. The researcher also mentioned the social and commercial impact of the different political and social development in Karbala. The researcher discussed the most prominent social developments and their influence on the general life in Karbala which is the social structure of Karbala city, number of population, the social and religious sights of Karbala city, the religious and cultural gatherings and the social and

مظاهر البذخ والترف عند الخلفاء والامراء في العصر الفاطمي من سنة (358 - 567هـ/ 968 - 1171م) == Appearances of Lavishness and Luxury to Caliphs and Princes of Fatimid Era from 358 to 567 H./ 969 to 1171 A.D

اسم المؤلف: ندى عباس فرحان الشمري
اسم المشرف: محمد مهدي علي الشبري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

الترغيب والترهيب في الاندلس من الفتح الاسلامي حتى نهاية عصر الطوائف (92 - 484هـ/711 - 1091م) == Persuasion and intimidation In Andalusia from the conquest of Andalusia until the end of the era of sects (92 - 484ha / 711 - 1091ce)

اسم المؤلف: هدير باسم كامل المعموري
اسم المشرف: محمد عبد الله المعموري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: الحمد لله الذي اكرمنا بالاسلام دينا , وبالقران الكريم كتابا منيروابمحمد (صلى الله عليه واله وسلم) نبيا هاديا.وصلى الله على خير خلقه صفوة الصفوة من انبيائه ورسله الذي اشرقت به شموس المعرفة ساطعة, وعلى اله الطيبين الطاهرين وقد انهروا لنا المعرفة متدفقة سائغا شرابها, ملونة افاقها فهم عيبة علم الله وخزان معارفه. اما بعد : فبرحمة من الله سبحانه كان اختيار موضوعي الموسوم( الترغيب والترهيب في الاندلس من الفتح الاسلامي حتى نهاية عصر الطوائف92 - 484ه\711 - 1091م) .ونحسب ان هذا الموضوع من الموضوعات المهمة التي تتعلق بدراسة جانب من جوانب الحكم في الاندلس وقد بان لنا من خلال هذه الدراسة ان هذا الجانب لم يحظ باهتمام الباحثين والمؤرخين لاسباب متعددة لعل اهمها تناثر المعلومات في بطون الكتب, واضيف الى ذلك ان الكتاب والمؤرخين القدامى قلمواقفوا على مثل تلك الموضوعات , بل اهتم اغلبهم في تدوين سير الحكام وما قاموا به حتى قيل عنهم انهم (مراة السلاطين).ولعل من الاسباب التي دفعتنا لاختيار هذه الدراسة هو ابراز مخاطر الترغيب والترهيب على الدولة والمجتمع حتى يتم تجنبها في انظمة الحكم المعاصرة واللاحقة فضلا عن ذلك وضع صورة مفصلة لحقبة تاريخية عانت ما عانت من الترغيب والترهيب في الاندلس على الرغم من تناول الدراسات السياسية والاجتماعية والاقتصادية والادبية عن تاريخ الاندلس موضوع الترغيب والترهيب لكن بشكل ضمني ومحدود ,وهذا يعني ان موضوع الترغيب والترهيب لم يستعرض بشكل واف, ولم تتطرق له اية دراسة جادة , وعسى ان تكون هذه الدراسة نافذة نطل منها على دراسات اخرى في هذا الموضوع وموضوعات اخرى ,ان الترغيب والترهيب قد اعتمدتها الدول في كل زمان ومكان فوجدت عمادا تقوم به خيمة حكمها , وميزانا تزن به من يرتضيها حكومة ويعين بقاءهوايذود عنها اعدائها , ومن يقف معارضا لسياستها يناوئ منهجهوالعله يتحين فرصة لينشب مخالبه في اعضائها حتى تلفظ انفاسها .وتنوعت الوسائل والاساليب المتبعة في استخدام تلك السياسات ففي مجال الترغيب اعتمدت الدولة على الفقهاء في تلميع صورتها امام الناس ولكسب ود الفقهاء المالكية عملت الدولة على محاربة جميع المذاهب التي حاولت ان تجد لها موطا قدم في الاندلس , لذلك كان الفقهاء في كثير من الاحيان عاملا مساعدا للدولة سواء اكان ذلك في القضاء على الفتن الداخلية او في مواجهة الاخطار الخارجية عن طريق الفتاوي الجهادية التي كان يصدرها هؤلاء الفقهاء والتي كانت محط احترام وتقدير لدى عامة الشعب كذلك استعانت الحكومات بالادباء وبالشعراء لما لهم من منزلة تهفوا اليها النفوس, وبهم تزين مجالسهم وفعالهم وحروبهم في ابهى صورة واجمل ماخذ وقد وجدت في كتب الادب التي استعنت بها اطلالة على تلك الحقب التاريخية فامدني ذلك بمادة تاريخية لطيفة وظفتها في هذه الدراسة الا ان هؤلاء الفقهاء والادباء لم يكونوا في مامن من ارهاب الدولة في حالة خروجهم عن الخط المرسوم لهم وهو التاييد المطلق للدولة, فاذا حاول هؤلاء الفقهاء والادباء معارضة السلطة وتوجيه الانتقادات لهواحث الناس على مواجهتها فان مصيرهم لا يختلف كثيرا عن المعارضين للسلطة سواء كان هؤلاء المعارضين ولاة او قادة او من عامة الشعب. واقتضت طبيعة الموضوع تقسيمه على ثلاث فصول يسبقها مقدمة وتمهيد.اختص التمهيد بمفهوم الترغيب والترهيب لغة واصطلاحوابينت هذين المفهومين في القران الكريم والسنة النبوية ومجال استعمالهما فيهما مطرزين بالايات الكريمة والاحاديث الشريفة لما لها من اثر في الدعوة الى الله تعالى.وجاء الفصل الاول تحت عنوان الترغيب والترهيب في الاندلس من الفتح الاسلامي الى نهاية عصر الامارة( 92 - 316ه/711 - 912م )فقد احتوى على مبحثين اثنين المبحث الاول الترغيب في الاندلس من الفتح الاسلامي الى نهاية عصر الامارة تناولنا فيه الترغيب وسيلة للحكم في بلاد الاندلس من الفتح الاسلامي الى نهاية عصر الامارة متعرضة لشيء من فتح بلاد الاندلس واسباب قدوم المسلمين اليها فاتحين.اما المبحث الثاني فقد تناولنا الترهيب من الفتح الاسلامي الى نهاية عصر الامارة فصلنا فيه موضوع الترهيب في المدة عينها . ولن ننس من حظي بالترغيب وماناله الترهيب من المعارضين للسلطة في الداخل والخارج والوان ذلك الترغيب والترهيب .اما الفصل الثاني فقد خصص لعصر الخلافة التي امتدت بين (316 - 422ه) وهي مدة بلوغ بلاد الاندلس اوج عظمتهواامتداد سلطانها فلبست سياسة الترغيب والترهيب اثوابا جديدة تليق بتلك العظمة التي اسبغتها سياسة الخلفاء الامويين والالتفات الى طبقات المجتمع. وهذا الفصل انتظم في مبحثين اثنين المبحث الاول الى (الترغيب في عصر الخلافة 316 - 422ه) وراينا اهتمام الخلفاء بطبقات وفئات جديدة لم يعن بها السابقون من اولي السلطة كالفقهاء الذين بذلوا الجهد لتوطيد اركان الدولة. كما استعان اولو الامر برجال الحركة العلمية والادبية لتلميع صورة الحكم , كما امدوا حبل العطاء واواصر العناية بالمعارضين للسلطة وللدول الاخرى المناهضة لهم فحالفهم التوفيق مع اطراف وخالفهم مع اطراف اخرى.اما المبحث الثاني الموسوم (الترهيب في عصر الخلافة 316 - 422ه) الذي اتبعه ارباب السلطان في هذه المدة فنال بعضا من اطراف المعارضين واصحاب المناصب السياسية وبعضا من الفقهاء والادباء تدفعهم مواقف واهداف شتى .وياتي الفصل الثالث (الترغيب والترهيب في عصر الطوائف 422 - 484ه) ليمتد عبر عصر الطوائف بمبحثين ايضا.اختص المبحث الاول الموسوم (الترغيب في عصر الطوائف422 - 484ه ) في ظل حالة الانقسام السياسي ونشوء دويلات متعددة في بلاد الاندلس مما دفع حكام هذه الدويلات الى اتباع اساليب متعددة في الترغيب كي تبقى تلك الدويلة والاخرى تقارع اعدائها بما لها من انصار ورجال يذبون عنها.اما المبحث الثاني(الترهيب في عصر الطوائف 422 - 484ه) فقد كان مختصا بالترهيب الذي سلكته تلك الدويلات مع اعدائها في الداخل والخارج والوان هذه الاساليب.وجاءت الخاتمة في نهاية المطاف لتحتضن خلاصة النتائج التي توصلنا اليها مذيلة بالتوصيات التي تراها الباحثة ضرورية .اما الصعوبات التي واجهتنا في هذه الدراسة فقد تمثلت بقلة المعلومات والمصادر التي تناولت دراسة تاريخ الاندلس وتناثر المعلومات في طيات الكتب مما جعل الباحث في صعوبة من امره في جمع هذه المعلومات المتناثرة واستخلاصها لتظهر بهذه الصورة.واما المنهج الذي قد اتبعناه في كتابة هذه الدراسة هو المنهج الاستنتاجي الذي ارفدنا باغلب تلك الرويات لاعطاء الباحث اولا المجال لابراز دوره وشخصيته من خلال ارائه التي تبناها عقب كل موضوع او رواية والتي قد يكون مصيبا فيها او مخطئواهذا يبقى في النهاية مجرد راي شخصي قد ينفى بادلة قاطعة ثبتتها كتب التاريخ او قد ينفيها من سياتي بعده ممن سيتطرق لمواضيع كهذه واما التسلسل الزمني الذي اتبعنا في هذه الدراسة هو تقسيم المادة حسب كل زمن وعصر ابتداء بعهد الفتح ثم الامارة مرورا بعصر الخلافة والحجابة وانهائها بعصر الطوائف وكيفية سياسة كل حاكم وخليفة في سلطته. | Cairo city had taken up economical importance and commercial since Islamic Arab conquer till end of Fatimid era, and that related to numbers of main factors of which distinctive geographical location that had been take up by this city. As it way on the commercial way that joins between southern Arab Peninsula and Europe. Moreover the existence of Nile which gives it economical importance and commercial that contributed in growth and development of business transactions thereon the growth and development on economy and commercial sides that Cairo witnessed in Fatimid era exceeded what others Egyptian cities rejoiced as Fistat and Iskandria.????????????????????????????????? The reason related to great interest that this city obtained by Fatimid Khalafas made it significant to the traders and capitalists; we cannot forget that Fatimid city had been built on the basis of many factors. The commercial and economy factors were in advance of this basis that had been taken into account when established. It was pointed that other Egyptian cities, the agricultural side took great domain its commercial actives, surly the great commercial roles and economy which the Cairo city did doming Fatimid Era, contributed greatly and widely on immense commercial activity which took up in the international trade. When the way economy commercial activity, there must have been existence occupation helps and facilities at monetary translation, and continuance of all commercial movement therefor the exchange played role as occupation banking and commercial in the same time important role in the activity movement of commercial and economic in the city o Cairo. For importance of the occupation in commercial and economic activity, for its role in the politic monetary limitation for Fatimid Khalafa, the title of the study it ""The Exchange and the money Exchangers in Cairo in the Fatimid Era 358 - 567H\968 - 1171AD "">>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>. The study includes what happened on they occupation during the four season and introduction and conclusion._________________________________________As the scholar has the first chapter which consists all two section ''the construction of population at Cairo in Fatimid Era'' in addition to must importance commercial marked in it, then he refer to the caking and location at the city and reason that impulses the leader (Jawhar Al - saqli),to built it. The second section has been done the study of exchange where from its definition in language and idiom and its historical root also the definition between the exchange erudite and finally the condition of Islamic law (sharia). While chapter second beings with the markets of exchangers ,than banking businesses that exchangers did during there work in exchange, at the and of the first section , the study of flourishing factors in Egypt in Fatimid Era, whereas the second section had been studied chequere –exchanges as one of deposits processes which played importance role in exchange occupation. Chapter three has been studied the role Fatimid stoke and its money ( dinar and dirham ), and the weights at money and the influenced factors in its rate at exchange in first section. While the second section has been studied the relationship at authority with the exchange throughout supervisor of prices and has role in Cairo market.???????????????????????????????? Finally, chapter four has been studied the political and economic situation and the social life for exchangers in Fatimid Era in the first section, in second section has been contained the risk at the banking processes (the risk that exchangers subject to). In addition to the political of state with treads in markets. At the end section three that has most famous Egyptian exchangers in Fatimid Era. After carrying out the study (The exchangers and money exchange in Cairo in Fatimid Era) the scholar sums up the following : *__Exchange occupation represents one monetary and banking activity which contributed in the growth and development commercial role that.????????????????????*__ exchangers played in Egypt in Fatimid Era when become trade in addition to exchange occupation which mains they were traders and exchangers at the same time..????????????????????????????????????????????*__The social factor played importance role in exchange occupation since the structure at population to the Cairo influenced greatly in the commercial activity and economic and that effected the banking businesses which exchangers worked on basis.*__For commercial relationship and monetary between exchangers nearby and cities at Islamic Arab their great influence on development at occupation at exchange in Cairo, in spite of the political enmity Fatimid people that was between them and Abbassen in Baghdad permitted the trade and freedom at transportation between them and Abbassen cities, and the role contributed in accuracy at Egyptian exchangers for occupation and there experience obtain that previous them in that exchangers at cities, Kufa and Baghdad

سياسة نقض العهود والمواثيق في الدولة العباسية (132ـــ334ه/749 - 945م) == The policy of denouncing covenants and covenants in the abbasid state (132 - 334ha/749 - 945ce)

اسم المؤلف: محمد جبار عبيد العزاوي
اسم المشرف: عبد الستار نصيف جاسم العامري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: جاءت هذه الدراسة بعنوان : (سياسة نقض العهود والمواثيق في الدولة العباسية (132 - 334ه/749 - 945م))", بعد ان كثرت العهود والمواثيق التي كان الخلفاء يصدرونها من اجل تعيين ولاة عهودهم من بعدهم او التي يمنحها الخليفة لاحد الافراد الذين شقوا عصا الطاعة, وجميع هذه العهود تمتاز بغلبة الناحية الدينية عليها, فهي مليئة بذكر اسم الله تعالى وذكر رسوله (), واهمية العهد والوفاء به, وكلما اوثق القوم في الاستيثاق ومحاولة جعل الاطراف المعنية تلتزم به, سهل على من يريد نقض العهد ايجاد المخرج للتخلص من القيود التي تربطه, ذلك ان اخلاق القوم وسلوكهم الديني كانت تسوغ لهم نقض العهد بمنتهى السهولة.وقد ركزت الدراسة على السياسة الداخلية للدولة العباسية, وتحاول ان تلقي الضوء على اهم الجوانب التي تعين على اعطاء صورة واضحة عن نقض العهود والمواثيق في الدولة العباسية, وذلك من خلال تتبع السياسة التي انتهجها الخلفاء العباسيون في التعامل مع ولاة العهد, والعلويون وكذلك القادة والامراء والامويون, وماهي دوافع نقض العهود والمواثيق, ونتائجها, فجاءت هذه الدراسة في مقدمة وتمهيد وثلاثة فصول وخاتمة, تناولنا في التمهيد : التعريفات اللغوية والاصطلاحية لنقض العهود والمواثيق, وما اشتملته من معان متعددة, وتبيان العهود والمواثيق في القران الكريم والسنة النبوية, فضلا عن الجذور التاريخية لنقض العهود والمواثيق في الدولة العربية الاسلامية حتى عام (132ه/749م).وخصصنا الفصل الاول : لسياسة نقض العهود والمواثيق في ولاية العهد وتضمن نقض العهود والمواثيق في العصر العباسي الاول(عصر القوة والازدهار)(132 - 247ه/749 - 861م), ومن ثم تناولنا نقض العهود والمواثيق في عصر الضعف والانحلال(247 - 334ه/861 - 945م).وفي الفصل الثاني : انتقلنا للحديث فيه عن نقض العهود والمواثيق مع العلويين, فقد تضمن طبيعة العلاقة بين العباسيين والعلويين قبل قيام الدولة العباسية وبعدها, وكذلك تناولت الشخوص العلوية التي مورست بحقهم هذه السياسة.وتناول الفصل الثالث : نقض العهود والمواثيق مع القادة والامراء والامويين, ووفقا لمحورين : الاول شمل نقض العهود والمواثيق مع القادة والامراء, اما المحور الثاني فقد تضمن نقض العهود والمواثيق مع بقايا الامويين بعد سقوط دولتهم على يد العباسيين سنة(132ه/749م), وكشف لنا هذا عن تجذر واستمرار حالة العداء بين الامويين والعباسيين الذين لم يترددوا في نقض العهود والمواثيق معهم. وتضمنت الدراسة جملة من النتائج , تم ذكرها في نهاية الدراسة. | This study was entitled : "The policy of denouncing the covenants and covenants in the Abbasid state (132 - 334ha / 749 - 945ce)", after the covenants and covenants that the caliphs had issued for the appointment of the rulers of their covenants after them or given by the caliph to one of the individuals who made a stick And all the covenants are characterized by the predominance of the religious aspect, they are full of mention of the name of Allah and His Messenger, and the importance of the Covenant and fulfill it, and the closer the people in the authentication and try to make the parties concerned adhere to it, The restrictions that bind him, because the ethics of the people and their religious behavior was justified to revoke the Covenant Extremely easy The study focused on the internal policy of the Abbasid state, and attempts to shed light on the most important aspects that should have given a clear picture of the abrogation of covenants and covenants in the Abbasid state by following the policy pursued by the Abbasid caliphs in dealing with the rulers of the covenant, , And what are the motives of denouncing the covenants and covenants, and their results, this study came in the introduction and preface and three chapters and conclusion, we dealt in the preface : the linguistic and standard definitions to break the covenants and covenants, and the implications of multiple meanings, and the covenants and covenants in the Koran and Sunnah Yeh, as well as the historical roots of denunciation covenants and conventions in the Islamic Arab state until the year (132 AH / 749 AD) We devoted the first chapter to the policy of annuling the covenants and covenants in the Covenant and guaranteeing the annulment of covenants and covenants in the first Abbasid era (the era of strength and prosperity) (132 - 247 AH / 749 - 861), and then addressing the abrogation of covenants and covenants in the era of weakness and decay (247 - 334 / 861 - 945) In the second chapter : we moved to talk about the annulment of covenants and covenants with the Alawites. It included the nature of the relationship between the Abbasids and the Alawites before and after the establishment of the Abbasid state, as well as the higher figures who exercised this right.The second chapter included the revocation of covenants and covenants with the remnants of the Umayyads after the fall of their state by the Abbasids in (132 AH / 749 CE), and revealed to us This is the root cause of the continued hostility between the Umayyads and the Abbasids, who did not hesitate to break the covenants with themThe study included a number of results, which were mentioned at the end of the letter

عباس محمود العقاد : دراسة في نشاطه السياسي ومنهجه في الكتابة التاريخية (1889 - 1964) == Abbas Mahmoud Al - Akkad; A Study of His Political Activity and Methodology in Historical Writings 1889 - 1964

اسم المؤلف: خير الله حسين عبيس الحجام
اسم المشرف: مشتاق طالب حسين الخفاجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: This study, entitled "Abbas Mahmoud Al - Akkad; A Study of His Political Activity and His Hethodology in Historical Writing 1889 - 1964", deals with aspects of Al - Akkad's political life, his methodology in writing events and historical issues, and biographies of historical figures .Al - Akkad is an important figure that occupied the minds of many thinkers, historians and researchers. They had different opinions about him because of richness of his writings in intellectual, literary, political, historical filds. Which, actually, represented a wealth of knowledge to Arab schools of thought. The study sheds light on this character that led to remarkable achievements in both intellectual and political aspects of his era, which is one of the most important in Egypt's modern and contemporary history : the era marked from the end of the nineteenth century until the second half of the twentieth century. Almost from the first beginnings of the British occupation of Egypt AD 1882 until the July Revolution, 1952 .The subject matter of this study is vital because Iraqi historic libraries lack it, especially in its political aspects and historical writings and methodology in those writings. They also lack any significant academic study that cover this topic. The same applies to Egyptian universities, according to the researcher’s work. Although several academic studies do exist, but they on the literary and intellectual works of Al - Aqad. Some of these studies focused merely his Islamic and linguistic writings. That makes it so fiddicuilt to consider this study a supplement to these former studies because it is studying the personality of Al - Akkad. The study primerly aims to explore the political activism of Al - Akkad, a filed wasn’t extensively in most studies. Moreover, this represented a long period from 1907 to 1952. A period in which Al - Akkad contributed to political thought and direct action. This represented by his participation in the Egyptian House of Representatives, and being a member of a political party that he supported, and oppesed its rivals. However, Al - Akkad, the politician and historian, remained hidden from the eyes of both academic and non - academic readers, despite the calls for researchers and historians to address these aspects .From that perspective, the subject of this study was set to highlight Al - Akkad’s personality and to rediscover his political activity, in addition to analyze his approach in historical writing .The scientific method requires a study to be divided into : an introduction and four chapters, concluded by the most important results. Finally, appendices, a list of sources and references and then a summary in English . The first chapter discusses the life of Al - Akkad, from his birth in 1889 until 1918. This chapter includes his birth, family, youth, education, and cultural composition. Then inspects the beginings his vocational life and the start of his intellectual and political activism. The second chapter discusses Al - Aklkad’s political activism, which appeard to be more noticeable from 1919. That is when Al - Akkad became an active member of the Wafd Party of Egypt, the legitimate representative of the National Movement at the time. The chapter ends with the fall of the government of Muhammad Mahmud Pasha first in 1929. The third chapter demonstrates the formation of Al - Akkad’s political activism and his political positions. Starting from 1930, Al - Akkad was a member of the Egyptian parliament for the first time. The chapter reviwes his discussions within the parliament for various political, social and economic issues. It also reviews his political positions from the Egyptian ministries and the British occupation, until his resignation from the Wafd Party in 1935. Following that, joining the Saadi Party in 1937. The chaper goes on Al - Akkad’s second term in the Egyptian parliament from 1938 to 1942, and then his political positions on both the Second World War (1939 - 1945), the Muslim Brotherhood (1946 - 1950) and the July 1952 revolution. The fourth chapter, which included an overview of his intellectual work, and his concept and interpretation of history. The chapter reiviews Al - Akkad’s methodology in documenting historical events. The chapter aslo discusses Al - Akkad’s approach in writing biographies .The researcher relied on a wide spectrum of sources to support the content of the study. Starting with the unpublished documents of the Royal Court files, and the published documents, especially the record of the first session of the fourth round of the Egyptian parliament (1930) and the second session of the seventh parliamentary body. As well as a number of other references, such as documentaries and personal memoirs. The researcher also returned to several Arabic and Iraqi theses and dissertations, in addition to books written in Arabic or translated to it. Most importantly, Al - Akkad's works and other books about him or related to the topic of the current study. Moreover, the study returned to research, published articles, newspapers, and magazines that covered a wide range of Egypt's modern and contemporary history during the first half of the 20th century and continued until after the death of Al - Akkad in 1964 .The researcher came to a number of results. Al - Akkad was a distinguished character among his peers during his early years and education. Family and social environments had an impact on him. This impact reflected on his nurture and nature. Al - Akkad showed an early passion for learning and knowledge. He also showed strength, boldness and challenge. These traits enabled him to be one of the most brilliant minds of his time in the fields of knowledge and politics. His envolvement in political life was out of patriotism, because he considered the country's best interest his priorty. That represented in standing against the king, British occupation and the cabinets that supported them .Intellectually, Al - Akad made great contributions, hincluding his historical works. He formed his own opinion concerning the concept of history, its purpose and interpretation. His he followed the historical scientific methodology in his writings on historical. He preferred the analytical method for collecting and analyzing information. Al - Akkad Adapted an integrational approach inspired from psychoanalysis and the historical methodology. He used to imploy different approaches in writing biographies to shed light on historical characters. His encyclopedic skills and literary style greatly reflected in the quality of his works .

اثر المؤدبين في نشاة اولاد الخلفاء من (41 - 334هـ) == The effect of the painters in the emergence of the children of the caliphs (41 - 334 A.H)

اسم المؤلف: ماهر ماجد خليفة الشمري
اسم المشرف: عبد الحافظ عبد محمد الكبيسي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Education was a prominent place among Arab Muslims, and care was great, given care and attention.As a result of this importance came the care and attention of the Umayyad and Abbasid caliphs in education, preceded by the attention of the Holy Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) and the caliphs adults were interested in scientists and honoring them by various means and methods.In the era of the emergence of Islam and the adult caliphs, the religious precepts that encourage children were popularized in the Arab and Islamic cultures. To adhere to moral and spiritual values and to adhere to the Islamic faith, and the commandments that urge the children of caliphs and governors to adhere to the principles of the right to the policy of parish affairs.In the Umayyad period, the commandments were varied and varied. There are political and educational precepts. It is the commandments of education, which is directed only to their children, including what they direct to the children of their children, and in this area are the educational commandments directed by the caliphs to the children of their children in order to educate them and prepare them to take over the reins after them.The caliphs did not neglect to seek to enable their political mentor to prepare their children to be successors after them. They realized the status of discipline and science. They were keen to prepare and prepare their children for the position of the caliphate. They concentrated much on their education and discipline, especially after the transition from the shura system in Islam to the inheritance system illiteracy

شخيص واقع زراعة النخيل باستخدام تحليل SWOT : دراسة تحليلية في مديرية زراعة محافظة البصرة == Diagnosis of the reality palm cultivation Using SWOT Analysis (An Analytical study in the Directorate of Agriculture of Basra Governorate

اسم المؤلف: مؤید غازي فرحان المكصوصي
اسم المشرف: شذى احمد علوان التميمي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التخطيط الاستراتيجي
الدرجة: دبلوم عالي
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The research aimed to diagnosis the actuality of Basra Agriculture Directorate and to identify the reasons that led to a decline in the number of palm trees in the province of Basra. The research was based on an analytical method in analyzing the collected data by means of one of the important scientific research tools which is the inspection list which was designed according to the accurate standards. The research was conducted in Basrah Agriculture Directorate and its agricultural divisions. A 30 managers and Administrators were studied as a research community. The checklist consisted of (63) items distributed among the internal resources and external factors of the environment as the following : (Financial Resources, Organization Culture, Information Systems, Materials Resources, Organizational Structure and Human Resources) in addition to (Social factors, Environmental Factors, Political Factors, laws Factors and Economical Factors).The researcher used the environmental analysis (SWOT) and how it applied to the organizational environment, which in turn leads to the diagnosis of the strategic reality to be selected by diagnosing the strengths and weaknesses of the internal environment of the Directorate of Basrah, and to identify the opportunities and threats in the external environment affecting that Directorate, as well as personal interviews.After a comparing between the strengths and weaknesses with opportunities and threats, the researcher recommended the adoption of the growth strategy because it represents a strategic option more effective in the process of restoring Iraq's status to the ranks of the world countries in the cultivation of palm trees. The researcher has also formulated other strategies that will preserve the change in palm numbers, address vulnerabilities and protect against threats the palm trees growing in Basra province.

دور وكالة الطاقة الدولية في سوق النفط العالمية للمدة 1995 - 2015 == The rule of the International Energy Agency In the world oil market for the period from (1995 - 2015

اسم المؤلف: مريم علاء هاشم
اسم المشرف: نبيل جعفر عبد الرضا المرسومي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الاقتصاد
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The energy is very assential way to fulfill man various need. It is the main nerve for economical and industrial development. Since the beginning of the world and most war that man made through history is to invade the new energy and develop it. Coal is the oldest source of energy and was exploit in economic way during industrial evolution since the beginning of eighteenth century in Britain. The share of coal was dominanted the total world consumption of energy so nineteenth century was called coal century.However, the second half of nineteenth century witnessed emerge a new source of energy was called oil. Which that mean begin a new age of capitalism conflect of obsession on oil field that concentrated in the middle east especially Arab Gulf countries. Each of it want to secure their need of crude oil and fighting with each other to control oil sources.Great capitalism countries especially Britain, United States of America, and France managed to dominate international oil industry by utilize oil and getting their oil companies enormous income. Since the beginning of second half of twentieth century large company oil was emerged especially (sevensister) in the international oil market and middle East region as the largest monopolistic organization on international level.These companies and its governments has achieved it mainly purpose is to dominate the international oil market and also make huge profits. But later those companies began lose its control on international oil market due to nationalisation process in the middle east and the lack of capitalist integration in the oil industry, emerged of OPEC organization which become to control with large range in the market oil through its control of offered oil through its control with large range in the market oil through its control of offered oil and price , as well as Israel Arabic war (October 1973 war) , cutout oil support industrial countries for this war and cause rising of price, and subsequently transform theAbstractBpower of balance in oil industry beside crude oil producer after it was with the crude oil consumer.These factors pushed USA to establish International Energy Agency in November 1974 to form a front to face the crude oil producer countries in the middle east and re control on oil market. International Energy Agency include the most consumers countries and it is 29 countries. These countries began to support renewable energy policies, develop policies of unconventional fossil fuels, lower oil consumption by impose carbon taxes and rationalisation consumption and strategic and commercial stock also support other energy sources.

اليات تسعير النفط الخام المصدر في العراق للمدة 2003 - 2016 : دراسة حالة شركة سومو == The Pricing Mechanisms of Crude Oil Exported in Iraq for the Period 2003 - 2016 ( Case Study For (SOMO)) Company

اسم المؤلف: علياء عبد الامير ابراهيم
اسم المشرف: شعبان صدام منشد الامارة
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الاقتصاد - الطاقة
الدرجة: دبلوم عالي
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Iraqi economy mainly depends on the oil sector since it is the basic pillar of this economy. The Iraqi oil significantly contributes to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in terms of a quantity of the produced oil from one hand and the prices of oil from the other hand.The Iraqi oil has marketed internally and externally by State Organization for Marketing of Oil (SOMO) since it is the only company which has the rights to marketing and pricing the Iraqi oil as well as selling to the main three markets in Europe, Near East and American markets.The oil pricing conducts globally according to prices of the international markets of oil what is called (reference oil) which includes prices of Brent, Dubai oil price, Oman oil price, and west Texas (ASCI). The contracts are conducted by SOMO for selling the Iraqi oil to the international markets since that the aim of SOMO is to find an international market for selling the Iraqi crude oil products.The present study aimed to arrive at the actual way to pricing the Iraqi oil.The study included three chapters. Chapter One is about classifications of the crude oil globally as well as the international references of pricing the crude oil. Chapter Two dealt with the importance of the oil sector for the Iraqi economy and its contribution to the GDP of Iraq. Chapter Three presented classifications of the Iraqi exported oil and the mechanisms to pricing the Iraqi oil and the mechanism of determining the quantity of the exported crude oil .The study concluded a set of recommendations and conclusions on the top of them that SOMO grant some discount for the prices of Iraqi oil on the account of the quality of Iraqi oil which is questionable since SOMO do not reveal the clear criteria for those discounts

عوائق تنفيذ الحوكمة في المؤسسة التربيوية العراقية متغيرا تفاعليا بين الحوكمة والاداء الشامل للمنظمة : دراسة ميدانية في المديرية العامة للتربية في محافظة البصرة == Barriers to implementing governance in the Iraqi educational institution An interactive variable of the relationship between governance and the overall performance of the organization A survey in the Directorate General of Education in Basrah Governorate

اسم المؤلف: عباس علي محمد
اسم المشرف: عروبة رشيد علي البدران
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: ادارة اعمال
الدرجة: ماجستير
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Organizations and countries in general and aim to improve the performanceof their employees continuously, which is reflected positively on theoverall organizational performance, and that the educational institution in each country is considered the cornerstone in the growth and development of that country. Hence, this study is conducted in one of the important educational institutions in Iraq, specifically in the province of Basra (General Directorate of Education in Basra).The objective of this study is to investigate the ways to improve the overall performance of the educational institution. In this study, the researchers used the five - dimensional governance variable (governance leadership, basic responsibilities, behavioral standards, formally and socially accepted ethical standards, rights and responsibilities of the parties of governance) as independent variables to improve the performance (I.e., Economic performance, social performance, and environmental performance). The barriers of implementing the governance were used as an interactive variable for the relationship between governance and the overall performance of the educational institution, where the dimensions of barriers (administrative and financial corruption), Culture and negative values of the local community, the administrative bureaucracy and finally the systems and legislation of the ministry.In terms of the design and technique, the researchers relied on the quantitative design using a questionnaire which is distributed to a sample of (203) Managers randomly selected. A set of statistical methods was then SPSS.V22 and AMOS.V22) were used.The main conclusions of this study were :  A clear role of the environmental influences and mismanagement practices in the poor performance of the general Directorate of Education in the province of Basra. The negative impacts of the environment (internal and external) o n the organization have led to weaken its ability to implement the governance. There was a significant statistical impact of the implementation of governance on the overall performance of the Directorate General of Education in the province of Basra. There was need to the General Directorate of the Education of Basra as an educational and educational organization to work in accordance with the principles and guidelines of the governance.

استراتيجيات مصادر الطاقة في الصين للمدة 2000 - 2016 دراسة تحليلية

اسم المؤلف: دعاء عدنان حميد
اسم المشرف: يوسف علي عبد الاسدي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الاقتصاد - الطاقة
الدرجة: دبلوم عالي
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: In light of the significant development achieved by the Chinese economy with the growing population and the rising trend towards urbanization, China has become unable to meet its increasing energy needs despite its vast size, resulting in it topping the list of the oil - importing countries since 1993. Increased energy consumption led to a rise in atmospheric pollution ,Emissions of greenhouse gases,The challenge for China is sustainability, To reduce environmental damage without disrupting socio - economic development The subject of oil security has become an important priority for the national security of China since the 10th five - year plan (2001 - 2005) where the matter of energy security was included and recognized as a security issue for the first time.The study showed that the problem is the huge increase in demand for energy to meet the requirements of economic growth, In view of the limited energy resources ,The importance of the study lies in the possibility of transferring the strategies Followed by China to achieve its energy security, And Iraq capitalize from it in particular, The study aims at identifying the current form of the system, the possibility of its continuation under the economic and environmental pressures, and identifying the development of renewable energy sources in China as the world's first in the production of hydropower and the second in the world in other types of renewable energy.This study reviewed the strategies followed by China in order to achieve its security and they can be classified into two strategies : the first strategy is carried out to maintain the security of energy and is represented by the investment in new and renewable sources of energy. This can be seen through the gradual dependence on renewable energy, especially hydropower, wind and solar energy. This strategy also depends on the new exploration operations of oil and natural gas inside the Chinese territories and focuses on developmental projects of unconventional

عوامل النجاح الحرجة وتاثيرها في اداء فرق ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي : دراسة ميدانية في ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي/ دائرة تدقيق المنطقة الثانية - بصرة == Critical success factors and their impact on the performance of the teams of the Federal Board Of Supreme Audit Field study in the Federal Board Of Supreme Audit / Audit Department of the second region - Basra

اسم المؤلف: حيدر علي لفتة الدرويش
اسم المشرف: عروبة رشيد علي البدران
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التخطيط الاستراتيجي
الدرجة: دبلوم عالي
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The objective of this study is to present the most critical success factors that have a direct impact on the performance of the teams of the Federal Board Of Supreme Audit (government support, Top management support, The work mechanism, Culture and The religion) and its impact on the performance of its teams in Governmental institutions as its one of the pillars In accordance with the Iraqi Constitution, the Financial Management and Public Debt Law and the Federal Financial Audit Bureau Law No. (31) of 2011 (revised). then adopting the checklist in the Pilot study to recognize the search problem and arbitrate the designed questionnaire according to that to collect the data in the practical side through the study sample which presented in (85) employees working within audit teams of the federal board which has direct contact in the critical success factors.The main findings in this study is there is an effect relationship and high positive correlation among the critical success factors and performance and accomplish the main hypothesis which include existence of a relationship and effects has a statistical significance indication for the Critical Success Factors on the performance of the Federal Board of Supreme Audit Teams.

الدور التفاعلي لاستراتيجية الموارد البشرية في العلاقة بين دوران العمل والاداء الوظيفي : دراسة ميدانية في مديرية طرق وجسور البصرة == HR Strategies as an Interactive Variable of the relationship between Job Turnover and Job Performance Field study in the Directorate of roads and bridges of Basra

اسم المؤلف: رباب كريم صدام الطائي
اسم المشرف: وميض عبد الزهرة خضير
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التخطيط الاستراتيجي
الدرجة: دبلوم عالي
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The aim of this paper is to test the effect of turnover on its variables ( leaving work Resignation, retirement) in achieving the effective functional performance of variables (policies, procedures, regulations (Laws, behavioral patterns, organizational values) in the interactive role of human resources strategies Variables (job analysis strategy, selection strategy, training and development, performance evaluation.(In this study, the researcher used the descriptive approach. A questionnaire was adopted as a tool for collecting data from the field side. The sample of the study was composed of employees who are related to the subject of the study in the department Basra roads and bridges, number of (50) employees.The study used the test of the interaction relations of the hypothesis model in the extraction of descriptive statistics for study variables, and to test the direct and interactive effects of study variables.The study found that there was a negative effect of job rotation on job performance The emergence of a positive interactive role of the work cycle with human resources strategies on the performance of the function, and concluded Study several conclusions and recommendations
1 ... 73 74 75 76